Wiktenauer logo.png

Difference between revisions of "Henry de Sainct Didier"

From Wiktenauer
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(→‎Treatise: 79-80)
m (Text replacement - "’arme" to "'arme")
 
(95 intermediate revisions by 3 users not shown)
Line 39: Line 39:
 
  | [[Giacomo di Grassi]] (?)
 
  | [[Giacomo di Grassi]] (?)
 
}}
 
}}
| influenced          = [[Salvator Fabris]] (?)
+
| influenced          = [[Salvator Fabris]] ([https://blog.subcaelo.net/ensis/sainct-didier-fabris/ Extremely dubious])
 
| awards              =  
 
| awards              =  
 
| signature            = [[File:Henry de Sainct Didier sig.png|180px]]
 
| signature            = [[File:Henry de Sainct Didier sig.png|180px]]
Line 46: Line 46:
 
| below                =  
 
| below                =  
 
}}
 
}}
'''Henry de Sainct Didier, Esq.''' was a [[century::16th century]] [[nationality::French]] [[fencing master]]. He was born to a noble family in Pertuis in the Provence region of France, son of Luc de Sainct Didier. Sainct Didier made his career in the French army, ultimately serving 25 years and seeing action in Piedmont, Italy from 1554 - 1555. He wrote of himself that he "lived his whole life learning to fight with the single sword" and eventually "reached a point of perfection" in his art. Apparently he became a fencing master of some renown, for in ca. 1573 he secured a royal privilege for a period of ten years for treatises on a number of weapons, including the [[dagger]], single [[side sword]], double side swords, sword and [[buckler]], sword and cloak, sword and dagger, sword and [[shield]] (both rotella and targe), and [[greatsword]]. Unfortunately, only his treatise on the single side sword, titled ''[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule]]'' ("Secrets of the Premier Book on the Single Sword") and printed on 4 June 1573, is known to survive; it seems likely that the others were never published at all.
+
'''Henry de Sainct Didier, Esq.''' was a [[century::16th century]] [[nationality::French]] [[fencing master]]. He was born to a noble family in Pertuis in the Provence region of France, son of Luc de Sainct Didier. Sainct Didier made his career in the French army, ultimately serving 25 years and seeing action in Piedmont, Italy from 1554 - 1555. He wrote of himself that he "lived his whole life learning to fight with the single sword" and eventually "reached a point of perfection" in his art. Apparently he became a fencing master of some renown, for in ca. 1573 he secured a royal privilege for a period of ten years for treatises on a number of weapons, including the [[dagger]], single [[side sword|sword]], double swords, sword and [[buckler]], sword and cloak, sword and dagger, sword and [[shield]] (both rotella and targe), and [[greatsword]]. Unfortunately, only his treatise on the single sword, titled ''[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule]]'' ("Secrets of the Premier Book on the Single Sword") and printed on 4 June 1573, is known to survive; it seems likely that the others were never published at all.
  
 
== Treatise ==
 
== Treatise ==
Line 57: Line 57:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating|C}}</p> by John Tse
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[John Tse]]</p>
! <p>[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|Transcription]]<br/>by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
+
! <p>[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|First Edition]] (1573)<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier Title.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier Title.png|400x400px|center]]
| '''TREATY CONTAINS THE SECRETS OF THE FIRST BOOK ON THE SWORD ALONE, MOTHER OF'''
+
| '''THE TREATY CONTAINING THE SECRETS OF THE FIRST BOOK ON THE SWORD ALONE, MOTHER OF'''
  
all fencing, Which are dagger, cape, targe, buckler, rondel, two handed swords, and dual swords, with portraitures, having weapon in hand for throwing strikes to defend and offend at the same time, both offensively and defensively, very useful and profitable for being on the right of nobility, and disciples of Mars: written for art, order, and practice.
+
all weapons, which includes sword and dagger, cape, targe, buckler, rondel; two-handed swords, and dual-wielding swords with portraitures that show the weapon in hand for throwing strikes to defend and attack at the same time, both offensively and defensively, which is very useful and advantageous to become a skillful noble and disciples of Mars; written for the art, order, and practice.
  
''Composed by Provencal Gentleman Henry de Sainct Didier.''
+
''Written by Provencal Gentleman Henry de Saint Didier.''
  
DEDICATED TO THE MAJESTY OF THE VERY CHRISTIAN KING CHARLES THE NINTH.
+
DEDICATED TO THE MAJESTY OF THE MOST CHRISTIAN KING CHARLES THE NINTH.
  
PARIS, ''Printed by Jean Mettayer, and Matthurin Challenge, and is sold at Jean Dalier, on the Saint Michel bridge, to the sign of the White Rose,'' 1573.
+
PARIS, ''Printed by Jean Mettayer, and Matthurin Challenge, and is sold at Jean Dalier, on the Saint Michel bridge, at the sign of the White Rose,'' 1573.
  
WITH PRIVILEGE OF THE KING.
+
WITH THE PRIVILEGE OF THE KING.
  
 
| '''TRAICTE CONTENANT LES SECRETS DU PREMIER LIVRE SUR L’ESPEE SEULE, MERE DE'''
 
| '''TRAICTE CONTENANT LES SECRETS DU PREMIER LIVRE SUR L’ESPEE SEULE, MERE DE'''
Line 90: Line 90:
 
| LETTER TO THE KING.
 
| LETTER TO THE KING.
  
SIRE, It does not please me to say how many are to be praised for those who strive (as they say) to help or even perfect the nature of reducing the confusion to order, and in such a way that the face of it appeared rough, sick, and inaccessible; was made easy, accessible, and approachable by them. Even though the only harm that results from confusion and disorder, and among other things that are proper to the Gentlemen make them quite recommendable. Why would I turn my pen elsewhere to show you that to restore a battle that is in disarray, to put it back in its previous order, that a leader must be familiar with two things. To make sure decision to save time and the place, where and when to stop the broken ranks and by a feint to divert the enemies, while the remaining troops reform and regroup. That decision cannot be acquired, even the reason for it cannot be believed without the second point that I the leader must make is truly necessary, which is having the experience of things, from which arises the aforementioned decision. (SIRE) whoever wants to put art or doctrine back in order to avoid confusion lest in the end it will be wasted decision is required, arises from the experience seen through the exercise of the said art, which I have from having served in battle, very much for your grandfather as well as for your Majesty, for twenty years in Piedmont and elsewhere. I can justly attribute to myself having used my life to experience such arms, so much so that accumulating such evidence may have allowed me to to perfect the art and the practice of them. So seeing how confused and disordered they have been and are for today by everyone shown and practiced, have in my mind figured some model or idea, according to which as an example, I make sure that the order will not only be good, so the art that consists of it will be completely restored, and will reach closer to perfection, which I have longed for, both because of my powerlessness and extreme poverty (the enemy of good spirits) as well as to be prevented from serving you, kept hidden and buried among my papers in my office, where the Muses after martial efforts made me, and hope that will keep me company. But I now have the desire to give you a most humble and pleasant service, far from the zeal that all my life I have had to fencing and to those who enjoy them and who make a profession of them have allowed little, that in this time (when Mars gives us some respite) I have not been emboldened to present myself to your Majesty, something not worthy of such a great Monarch, but very suitable for the exercise of a common man, both in war and in peace, namely a treatise on the sword alone, mother of all fencing, that I wrote according to my opinions, which contains six points that I declare had never been organized and their proofs, both by reason and by effect attached to the end. Here (SIRE) will contain this little work, which is like a summary or collection of the first book that I still have beside me. If your Majesty appreciates this, by God giving me the grace to live, I hope by means of your Majesty to later enlighten others. Therefore (who is the first and foremost to extricate the nobility) I thought worthy of you, who is the protector and support of fencing, of this treatise, begging you most humbly, where and when it would be reputed by other, to please take my ardent affection, which for a long time has been dedicated to offer you most humble and pleasant service, in payment for employing me for something which this concerns, and I will be more than happy with endless opportunity and will, more than great to pray to the Sovereign Rector of the Universe to give you a long, and happy life. And for the boundary of your Empire to only be the Sea.
+
SIRE, It does not please me to say how many are to be praised for those who strive, as they say, to help or even perfect the nature of reducing confusion to order, and in such a way that the face of it appeared rough, sick, and inaccessible; was made easy, accessible, and approachable by them. Even though the only harm that results from confusion and disorder, and among other things that are proper to the Gentlemen make them quite recommendable. Why would I turn my pen elsewhere to show you that to restore a battle that is in disarray, to put it back in its previous order, that a leader must be familiar with two things. To make certain decisions to save time and the place, where and when to stop the broken ranks and by a feint to divert the enemies, while the remaining troops reform and regroup. That decision cannot be acquired, even the reason for it cannot be believed without the second point that I the leader must make is truly necessary, which is having the experience of things, from which arises the aforementioned decision. SIRE, whoever wants to put art or doctrine back in order to avoid confusion lest in the end it will be wasted, decision is required, arising from the experience seen through the exercise of the art which I have from having served in battle, very much for your grandfather as well as for your Majesty, for twenty years in Piedmont and elsewhere. I can justly attribute to myself having used my life to experience such arms, so much so that accumulating such evidence may have allowed me to to perfect the art and the practice of them. So seeing how confused and disordered they have been and are for today by everyone shown and practiced, have in my mind figured some model or idea, which as an example, I make sure that the order will not only be good so the art that consists of it will be completely restored, and will reach closer to perfection which I have longed for, both because of my powerlessness and extreme poverty (the enemy of good spirits) as well as to be prevented from serving you, kept hidden and buried among my papers in my office where the Muses after martial efforts made me, and hope that will keep me company. But I now have the desire to give you a most humble and pleasant service, far from the zeal that all my life I have had to fencing and to those who enjoy them and who make a profession of them have allowed little, that in this time when Mars gives us some respite, I have not been emboldened to present myself to your Majesty, something not worthy of such a great Monarch, but very suitable for the exercise of a common man, both in war and in peace, namely a treatise on the sword alone, mother of all weapons, that I wrote according to my opinions, which contains six points that I declare had never been organized and their proofs, both by reason and by effect attached to the end. SIRE, this here will contain this little work, which is like a summary or collection of the first book that I still have beside me. If your Majesty appreciates this, with God giving me the grace to live, I hope by means of your Majesty to later enlighten others. Therefore, you who is first and foremost to drive skill to the nobility, I thought you who is the patron of fencing worthy of this treatise, begging you most humbly where and when it would be reputed by other, to please take my ardent affection, which for a long time has been dedicated to offer you the most humble and pleasant service in payment for employing me for something of which this concerns, and I will be more than happy with endless opportunity and will, more than great to pray to the Sovereign Rector of the Universe to give you a long and happy life, and for the boundary of your Empire to only be the Sea.
  
 
   
 
   
Line 105: Line 105:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''The following six points are required to understand, and above all to best execute the secrets of the sword alone and of all the other weapons that are dependent.''
+
| ''The following six points are required to understand and above all else to best execute the secrets of the sword alone and all other weapons that are dependent.''
  
The first is to know how many types of steps there are in the art of said fencing, and to choose the best, and explaining the reason.
+
The first is how many types of steps there are in the art of fencing, how to choose the best, and to explain why.
  
 
| ''S’ensuivent les secrets de ceste espée seule, & de toutes les autres armes qui en dépendent, pour lesquels entendre, & sur tout mieux executer, six poinct sont requis.''
 
| ''S’ensuivent les secrets de ceste espée seule, & de toutes les autres armes qui en dépendent, pour lesquels entendre, & sur tout mieux executer, six poinct sont requis.''
Line 115: Line 115:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The second, how many guards and placements there are of said fencing and to choose the best, and explain the reason.
+
| The second: how many guards and placements there are in fencing, to choose the best, and explain the reason.
  
 
| Le second, combien de gardes, & situations y a ausdittes armes & eslire la meilleure, & par quelle raison.
 
| Le second, combien de gardes, & situations y a ausdittes armes & eslire la meilleure, & par quelle raison.
Line 121: Line 121:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The third, how many strikes the aggressive enemy can offend the defender and then explaining the reason.
+
| The third: how many strikes the aggressive enemy can attack the defender and to give the same explanation.
  
 
| Le troisiesme, de combien de coups l’ennemy aggresseur peut offencer le deffendeur & en donner pareille raison.
 
| Le troisiesme, de combien de coups l’ennemy aggresseur peut offencer le deffendeur & en donner pareille raison.
Line 127: Line 127:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The fourth, how many clean targets can be listed for the said strikes on the person, both in attacking as well as in defending.
+
| The fourth: how many distinct targets can be listed for the strikes on a person, both in attacking as well as in defending.
  
 
| Le quatriesme, en combien de lieux propres se peuvent adapter lesdits coups sur la personne, tant en assaillant, qu’en deffendant.
 
| Le quatriesme, en combien de lieux propres se peuvent adapter lesdits coups sur la personne, tant en assaillant, qu’en deffendant.
Line 133: Line 133:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|The fifth, is namely, to all those who make or will make, the profession of teaching the said fencing: being able to defend and offend at the same time a strike or strikes that can be thrown, and thus if they do not know, how will they be able to teach their disciples.
+
|The fifth is namely for all those who make or will make it their profession by teaching fencing: being able to defend and attack at the same time some strike or strikes that one can throw, and thus if they do not know how can they teach their disciples.
  
 
| Le cinquiesme, sçavoir, à tous ceux qui font, ou feront, cy aprés profession de monstrer audites armes : soy deffendre & offencer à un mesme temps de quelque coup ou coups qu’on peut tirer, & par ainsi s’ils ne les sçavent comment les pourront ils monstrer à leurs disciples.
 
| Le cinquiesme, sçavoir, à tous ceux qui font, ou feront, cy aprés profession de monstrer audites armes : soy deffendre & offencer à un mesme temps de quelque coup ou coups qu’on peut tirer, & par ainsi s’ils ne les sçavent comment les pourront ils monstrer à leurs disciples.
Line 139: Line 139:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| By the sixth point, which is the last will behold a great secret, which is to decide which strike that the attacker can throw on the defender and will be explained.
+
| By the sixth point, which is the last, we will see a great secret which is to decide which strike that the attacker can throw on the defender and will be given an explanation.
 
   
 
   
| Par le sixiesme poinct, qui est le dernier on verra un grand secret, qui est de juger du coup que l’assaillant peut tirer sur le deffendeur
+
| Par le sixiesme poinct, qui est le dernier on verra un grand secret, qui est de juger du coup que l’assaillant peut tirer sur le deffendeur & en sera donné raison.
& en sera donné raison.
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Regarding the first point, which is to know how many steps there are, I answer that there are no more than two, because we have no more than two feet.
+
| Regarding the first point, which is to know how many steps there are, I answer that there are no more than two because we have no more than two feet.
 
   
 
   
 
| Quand au premier poinct, c’est à sçavoir combien il y a de desmarches, je respond qu’il n’y en a<ref>Insertion du « a ».</ref>que deux, par ce que nous n’avons que deux pieds.
 
| Quand au premier poinct, c’est à sçavoir combien il y a de desmarches, je respond qu’il n’y en a<ref>Insertion du « a ».</ref>que deux, par ce que nous n’avons que deux pieds.
Line 152: Line 151:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Some stand on the right foot, others on the left foot, however none give good reasons for one step or the other. But for being well assured when he must take the sword in hand, knowing which of the said steps is best and is the most effective in this is necessary to be keep for executing the said art.
+
| Some stand on the right foot, others on the left foot, however none give good reasons for one step or the other. But rest assured when he must take the sword in hand, knowing which of the two steps is better, more certain, and more effective is necessary to keep to execute the art.
  
 
| Les aucuns se tiennent sur le pied droict, les autres sur le pied gauche, toutefois en donnent bien peu de raisons, soy tenant sur l’une ou sur l’autre desmarche. Mais pour estre bien asseuré quand il est besoing de mettre l’espée au poing, faut sçavoir laquelle desdites deux desmarches est la meilleure & la plus certaine & superlative & en icelle comme dit est se faut tenir pour executer ledit art.
 
| Les aucuns se tiennent sur le pied droict, les autres sur le pied gauche, toutefois en donnent bien peu de raisons, soy tenant sur l’une ou sur l’autre desmarche. Mais pour estre bien asseuré quand il est besoing de mettre l’espée au poing, faut sçavoir laquelle desdites deux desmarches est la meilleure & la plus certaine & superlative & en icelle comme dit est se faut tenir pour executer ledit art.
Line 158: Line 157:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| As for me I favor with experience and reason the step which is done by standing on the left foot for the first time, in putting sword in hand, is better and more effective, both for attacking and for defending. How much do our older teachers stick to this, either on one or the other, give very little reason. For this reason I will conclude that there are no more than two steps in all the art, to start this off.
+
| As for me I favor with experience and proof that the step which is done by standing on the left foot initially in putting sword in hand is better and more effective, both for attacking and for defending. How little that our previous demonstrators keep to either on one or the other, give very little reason. Because of this I will conclude that there are no more than two steps in the entire art to start this off.
 
   
 
   
 
| Quant à moy je soustiens avec l’esperience & preuve la desmarche qui se faict, soy tenant sur le pied gauche, pour la premiere foys, en mettant l’espée au poing, est la plus certaine & meilleure, tant pour l’assaillant que pour le deffendant. Combien que peu de noz encestres demonstrateurs s’y tiennent, & soy y tenant, tant sur l’un que sur l’autre, en donnent bien peu de raison. À ceste cause je concluray qu’il n’y a que deux desmarches en tout l’art, pour bien commencer iceluy.
 
| Quant à moy je soustiens avec l’esperience & preuve la desmarche qui se faict, soy tenant sur le pied gauche, pour la premiere foys, en mettant l’espée au poing, est la plus certaine & meilleure, tant pour l’assaillant que pour le deffendant. Combien que peu de noz encestres demonstrateurs s’y tiennent, & soy y tenant, tant sur l’un que sur l’autre, en donnent bien peu de raison. À ceste cause je concluray qu’il n’y a que deux desmarches en tout l’art, pour bien commencer iceluy.
Line 164: Line 163:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| And to follow from the experienced and to imitate them, it is necessary to choose the best of two good things, and of two bad things, to avoid both if possible and if not at least avoid the worse, and in doing so, I advise all said adherents to take the better of the said two steps, which is the one you stand on the left foot for the first time with weapons in hand to make one of the said three drawings.
+
| And in order to effectively follow the teachers and imitate them, one must choose the better of two good things, and of two bad things to avoid both if possible and if not at least avoid the worse; and in doing so I advise all adherents to take the better of the two steps, which is the one where you stand on the left foot initially with weapons in hand to make one of the three drawings.
  
 
| Et pour bien suivre les doctes, & les immiter, faut de deux choses bonnes choisir la meilleure, & de deux mauvaises, eviter les deux, si faire se peut, sinon la pire, & en ce faisant, je conseille à tous lesdits suppots de prendre la meilleure desdites deux desmarches, qui est celle qu’on se tient sur le pied gauche pour la premiere fois, en mettant les armes au poing, faisant un desdits trois desgainements.
 
| Et pour bien suivre les doctes, & les immiter, faut de deux choses bonnes choisir la meilleure, & de deux mauvaises, eviter les deux, si faire se peut, sinon la pire, & en ce faisant, je conseille à tous lesdits suppots de prendre la meilleure desdites deux desmarches, qui est celle qu’on se tient sur le pied gauche pour la premiere fois, en mettant les armes au poing, faisant un desdits trois desgainements.
Line 170: Line 169:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''The following are the declaration and reasons of the said six points.''
+
| ''The following are the declaration and reasons of the six points.''
  
 
The first reason is that there are no more than two steps, the one on the right foot and the other on the left foot.
 
The first reason is that there are no more than two steps, the one on the right foot and the other on the left foot.
Line 180: Line 179:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| As for me I stick to the idea that the left foot is the best because one can be free to take more time and move farther than on the step of the right foot, and therefore to attack and to defend better, as will be seen later in the section on the strikes.
+
| As for me I believe that the left foot is the best because one can be free to take more time and move farther than on the step of the right foot, and therefore to attack effectively and to defend better, as will be seen later in the section on the strikes.
  
 
| Quant à moy je dy soy tenant sur le pied gauche est le meilleur, par ce que y estant on a liberté de prendre plus de temps, & grande course, que sur la desmarche du pied droict & par consequent de bien assaillir, & de beaucoup mieux se deffendre, comme se verra cy aprés à l’ordre des coups.
 
| Quant à moy je dy soy tenant sur le pied gauche est le meilleur, par ce que y estant on a liberté de prendre plus de temps, & grande course, que sur la desmarche du pied droict & par consequent de bien assaillir, & de beaucoup mieux se deffendre, comme se verra cy aprés à l’ordre des coups.
Line 186: Line 185:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| This is the reason why we know that stepping with the left foot is better than the said right foot.
+
| This is the reason why we know that stepping with the left foot is better than that of the right foot.
 
   
 
   
 
| Voyla la raison pourquoy la desmarche qu’on faict sus ledit pied gauche, est meilleure que celle dudit pied droict.
 
| Voyla la raison pourquoy la desmarche qu’on faict sus ledit pied gauche, est meilleure que celle dudit pied droict.
Line 192: Line 191:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The second is knowing how many guards and placements there are of said fencing. I say that there are no more than three guards and three principal placements.
+
| The second is knowing how many guards and placements there are of fencing. I say that there are no more than three guards and three principal placements.
  
* The first is the low, placing the point at the braies.
+
* The first is low, placing the point at the braies.
* The second is the middle, placing the point of the sword straight at the left eye.
+
* The second is middle, placing the sword point straight at the left eye.
* The third is the high, placing the point of the sword at the face, coming from high to low.
+
* The third is high, placing the sword point at the face, coming from high to low.
  
 
| La seconde est sçavoir combien de gardes & situations il y a ausdites armes. Je dis qu’il n’y a que trois gardes, & trois assituations principalles.
 
| La seconde est sçavoir combien de gardes & situations il y a ausdites armes. Je dis qu’il n’y a que trois gardes, & trois assituations principalles.
Line 206: Line 205:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Some teachers, when they define the said guards, start at the top. As for me, I start on the bottom, since everything begins at the foundations. For example, learned men do not start by teaching advanced level sciences; neither do masons start on the buildings when they construct houses; they start on the foundations. And so I start on the low guard which is the foundation to guarding well.
+
| Some demonstrators, when they define the guards, start at the top. As for me, I start on the bottom, since everything begins at the foundations. For example, learned people do not start by teaching advanced level sciences; neither do masons start on the buildings when they construct houses; they start on the foundations. And so I start on the low guard which is the foundation to guarding effectively.
  
 
| Les aucuns demonstrateurs, quand ils definissent lesdites gardes, accommencent à la haute. Quant à moy, je commence à la basse, attendu que toutes choses se commencent aux fondements. Comme pour exemple, les gens doctes ne commencent à monstrer les sciences aux hautes, ne les maçons quand ils viennent à commencer à bastir les maisons, ne commencent pas à la tuille, ains au fondement. Et par ainsi je commence à la basse, qui est le fondement qu’on doit bien garder.
 
| Les aucuns demonstrateurs, quand ils definissent lesdites gardes, accommencent à la haute. Quant à moy, je commence à la basse, attendu que toutes choses se commencent aux fondements. Comme pour exemple, les gens doctes ne commencent à monstrer les sciences aux hautes, ne les maçons quand ils viennent à commencer à bastir les maisons, ne commencent pas à la tuille, ains au fondement. Et par ainsi je commence à la basse, qui est le fondement qu’on doit bien garder.
Line 212: Line 211:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| It is true that this low guard can itself create two other lows: one on the right side and the other on the left side.
+
| It is true that this low guard can itself generate two other lows: one on the right side and the other on the left side.
  
 
| Bien est vray, que de ceste garde basse, s’en peut engendrer deux autres basses, l’une est sur le costé droit, l’autre sur le costé gauche.
 
| Bien est vray, que de ceste garde basse, s’en peut engendrer deux autres basses, l’une est sur le costé droit, l’autre sur le costé gauche.
Line 218: Line 217:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| This one which is the right side leaves the natural form and domain of the said original one and participates on the right side.
+
| This one which is the right side leaves the natural form and domain of the original one and participates on the right side.
  
 
| Celle qui se fait sur le costé droit, elle se faict laissant la nature, & proprieté de leurditte mere, & participer sur le costé droict.
 
| Celle qui se fait sur le costé droit, elle se faict laissant la nature, & proprieté de leurditte mere, & participer sur le costé droict.
Line 224: Line 223:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The one which is the left side also leaves the natural form of its said originator and participate on the left side.  
+
| The one which is the left side also leaves the natural form of its originator and participate on the left side.  
  
 
| Celle qui se fait sur le costé gauche, elle se fait aussi laissant la nature, & estre de saditte mere, & participer du costé gauche.
 
| Celle qui se fait sur le costé gauche, elle se fait aussi laissant la nature, & estre de saditte mere, & participer du costé gauche.
Line 230: Line 229:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| These said two guards created by the said low, is often done for drawing some ignorant strikes who makes either a high right-hand or a high thrust; because we cannot use another strike, which we easily can trick and hit the attacking enemy who would be stunned, and would not consider the mistake that could come from being on the said two imagined guards. But the original low guard is the most effective, so therefore there are no more than three guards as said.
+
| These two guards created by the low is often done for drawing some ignorant strikes who makes either a high right-hand or high thrust; because we cannot use another strike, which we easily can trick and hit the attacking enemy who would be surprised, and would not consider the mistake that could come from being on the two imagined guards. But the original low guard is the most effective, so therefore there are no more than three guards as stated.
  
 
| Cesdites deux gardes engendrées de ladite basse, elle se font bien souvent pour attirer quelque coup des ignorans, qui fera un maindroict, ou un estoc haut ; car autre coup on ne peut, sur lesquels facilement on peut attraper & toucher l’ennemy assaillant qui sera estourdy, & ne considerera l’accident qui peut venir, estant sur sesdittes deux gardes faintes. Mais la garde basse leur mere est la plus certaine, de sorte qu’il n’y a que trois gardes, comme dit est.
 
| Cesdites deux gardes engendrées de ladite basse, elle se font bien souvent pour attirer quelque coup des ignorans, qui fera un maindroict, ou un estoc haut ; car autre coup on ne peut, sur lesquels facilement on peut attraper & toucher l’ennemy assaillant qui sera estourdy, & ne considerera l’accident qui peut venir, estant sur sesdittes deux gardes faintes. Mais la garde basse leur mere est la plus certaine, de sorte qu’il n’y a que trois gardes, comme dit est.
Line 236: Line 235:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The third point that one must know how many strikes the attacking enemy can offend the defendant. As for me I say that the attacker and defendant can offend with no more than three strikes. Which are,
+
| The third point that one must know is how many strikes the attacking enemy can attack the defender. As for me I say that the attacker and defender can attack with no more than three strikes. Which are:
  
 
* Right-Hand,
 
* Right-Hand,
* Backhand,
+
* Reversal,
 
* Thrust.
 
* Thrust.
  
Line 249: Line 248:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| It is true that they can be multiplied in six clean targets on the human body, which must be kept well, as well as a good tennis player must keep the es<ref>Dupuis describes this as a wooden board placed in the back wall of the tennis court which, if hit by a volley, is scored immediately. In modern tennis, this board is replaced by a grid.</ref> well, that the ball of the opposing party does not touch it. Also a good fencer must be careful that one of the three strikes do not hit the six targets that can be adapted as said, which will be seen later.
+
| It is true that they can be multiplied in six distinct targets on the human body, which must be well-protected, such as as a good tennis player must protect the goal<ref>The "es" is a wooden board placed in the back wall of the tennis court which, if hit by a volley, is scored immediately. In modern tennis, this board is replaced by a grid.</ref> well so that the ball of the opposing party does not hit it. So too must a good fencer be careful that one of the three strikes do not hit the six targets that can be adapted as stated, which will be seen later.
  
 
+
| Bien est vray qu’ils se peuvent multiplier en six lieux propres sur corps humain, qui faut bien garder, tout ainsi qu’un bon joueur de paulme faut qu’il garde bien l’es,<ref>« L'es », habituellement orthographiée « ais », désigne une planche de bois placée dans le mur du fond de la salle de jeu de paume qui, si elle est touchée par un coup de volée, donne le point immédiatement. Dans le jeu de paume moderne, cette planche est remplacée par une grille. Il est possible que cet « ais » ait donné le terme anglais d'« ace » que les étymologies modernes confondent avec l'« as » du jeu de carte. Voir la définition d' « ais » de l'Encyclopédie de Diderot et d'Alembert.</ref> que lesteu<ref>L’esteuf : ancien nom pour la balle.</ref> de partie adverse ne le touche. Aussi faut il qu’un bon tireur d'armes garde bien qu’un desdits trois coups ne touchent aux six lieux ausquels se peuvent adapter comme dit est, dont se verront cy apres.
| Bien est vray qu’ils se peuvent multiplier en six lieux propres sur corps humain, qui faut bien garder, tout ainsi qu’un bon joueur de paulme faut qu’il garde bien l’es,<ref>« L'es », habituellement orthographiée « ais », désigne une planche de bois placée dans le mur du fond de la salle de jeu de paume qui, si elle est touchée par un coup de volée, donne le point immédiatement. Dans le jeu de paume moderne, cette planche est remplacée par une grille. Il est possible que cet « ais » ait donné le terme anglais d'« ace » que les étymologies modernes confondent avec l'« as » du jeu de carte. Voir la définition d' « ais » de l'Encyclopédie de Diderot et d'Alembert.</ref> que lesteu<ref>L’esteuf : ancien nom pour la balle.</ref> de partie adverse ne le touche. Aussi faut il qu’un bon tireur d’armes garde bien qu’un desdits trois coups ne touchent aux six lieux ausquels se peuvent adapter comme dit est, dont se verront cy apres.
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| It should be noted that fencing and tennis are related, and whoever will know how to play tennis well, will be able to strike well easily and early with weapons.
+
| It should be noted that fencing and tennis are related, and whoever knows how to play tennis well will be able to strike well easily and early in fencing.
  
 
| Faut noter que les armes, & la paulme sont cousins germains, & qui scaura bien jouer à la paulme, facilement & tost scaura bien tirer des armes.
 
| Faut noter que les armes, & la paulme sont cousins germains, & qui scaura bien jouer à la paulme, facilement & tost scaura bien tirer des armes.
Line 262: Line 260:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The fourth point is, that attacking and defending can offend with no more than three said strikes: it is true that they can be multiplied and adapted as have been promised above at six clean targets on a person, either in attacking or in defending, and wh will know the means of defending and offending at the same time as the said three strikes can, which is above and will be definited later, when multiplied can know a hundred strikes.
+
| The fourth point is that attacking and defending can attack with no more than three strikes: it is true that they can be multiplied and adapted as have been promised above at six distinct targets on a person, either in attacking or in defending, and whoever knows the means to defend and attack with the three strikes at the same time when multiplied can know a hundred strikes, which is above and will be defined later.
 
   
 
   
 
| Le quatriesme poinct est, que l’assaillant & deffendant ne se peuvent offencer que desdicts trois coups : bien est vray qu’ils se peuvent multiplier, & adapter comme avons promis si dessus en six lieux propres sur la person ne, soit en assaillant, ou en deffendant, & qui scaura le moyen de soy deffendre, & offencer à un mesme temps, comme ce peult, desdicts trois coups, qui sont cy dessus & seront si aprés definis, estant multipliez il en scaura cent.
 
| Le quatriesme poinct est, que l’assaillant & deffendant ne se peuvent offencer que desdicts trois coups : bien est vray qu’ils se peuvent multiplier, & adapter comme avons promis si dessus en six lieux propres sur la person ne, soit en assaillant, ou en deffendant, & qui scaura le moyen de soy deffendre, & offencer à un mesme temps, comme ce peult, desdicts trois coups, qui sont cy dessus & seront si aprés definis, estant multipliez il en scaura cent.
Line 268: Line 266:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The following names of said six clean targets, where one must, and can throw the said three strikes are called,
+
| The following are the names of the six distinct targets where one can and must throw the three strikes which are:
  
 
* Right-Hand
 
* Right-Hand
* Backhand
+
* Reversal
 
* Thrust.
 
* Thrust.
  
Line 281: Line 279:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The first strike and target, is a Right-Hand, low to the left leg of the defendant.
+
| The first strike and target is a low right-hand to the left leg of the defender.
  
 
| Le premier coup & lieu, est un maindroict, de bas au jarret gauche du deffendant.
 
| Le premier coup & lieu, est un maindroict, de bas au jarret gauche du deffendant.
Line 287: Line 285:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The second strike and target, is Backhand, low to the right leg of the defender, if he is right, and if he left, it will be done at his left leg.
+
| The second strike and target is a low reversal to the right leg of the defender if he is right; and if he left, it will be done at his left leg.
  
 
| Le second coup & lieu, est un renvers, de bas au jarret droict du deffendeur, s’il est droictié, & s’il est gauché, se fera au jarret gauche.
 
| Le second coup & lieu, est un renvers, de bas au jarret droict du deffendeur, s’il est droictié, & s’il est gauché, se fera au jarret gauche.
Line 293: Line 291:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The third target, the said Right-Hand is multiplied once from above on the left side of the defendant.
+
| The third target, the right-hand, is multiplied once from above on the left side of the defender.
  
 
| Le troisieme lieu, ledict maindroict est multiplié une fois d’hault sur le costé gauche du deffendant.
 
| Le troisieme lieu, ledict maindroict est multiplié une fois d’hault sur le costé gauche du deffendant.
Line 299: Line 297:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The fourth target is a Backhand from above on the right shoulders of the defendant, multiplied once.
+
| The fourth target is a high reversal at the right shoulders of the defender, multiplied once.
  
 
| Le quatriesme lieu est un renvers d’hault sur l’espaulle droicte du deffendant, estans multiplié une fois.
 
| Le quatriesme lieu est un renvers d’hault sur l’espaulle droicte du deffendant, estans multiplié une fois.
Line 305: Line 303:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The fifth target, is the left nipple, to which the attacking Lieutenant throws a thrust to the Prevost, which is the said third strike.
+
| The fifth target is the left nipple, to which the attacking Lieutenant throws a thrust to the Provost, which is the third strike.
  
 
| Le cinquiesme lieu, est le tetin gauche, auquel le Lieutenent assaillant tirera un estoc au Prevost, qui est ledict troisieme coup.
 
| Le cinquiesme lieu, est le tetin gauche, auquel le Lieutenent assaillant tirera un estoc au Prevost, qui est ledict troisieme coup.
Line 311: Line 309:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The sixth and final target, is the right nipple of the said Prevost to which the Lieutenant throws a thrust, which is the said third strike, being multiplied once like the Right-Hand and the Backhand.
+
| The sixth and final target, is the right nipple of the Provost to which the Lieutenant throws a thrust, which is the third strike, being multiplied once like the Right-Hand and the Reversal.
  
 
| Le sixiesme & dernier lieu, est le tetin droict dudict Prevost auquel le Lieutenent tirera un estoc, qui est ledict troisiesme coup, estant multiplié une fois comme ledict Maindroict, & Renvers.
 
| Le sixiesme & dernier lieu, est le tetin droict dudict Prevost auquel le Lieutenent tirera un estoc, qui est ledict troisiesme coup, estant multiplié une fois comme ledict Maindroict, & Renvers.
Line 317: Line 315:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| End of the said six targets, which is also the end of the fourth point.
+
| The end of the six targets, which is also the end of the fourth point.
  
 
| Fin desdicts six lieux, qui est aussi la fin du quatriesme poinct.
 
| Fin desdicts six lieux, qui est aussi la fin du quatriesme poinct.
Line 323: Line 321:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The fifth is that it is necessary to be defending and offending at the same time with the said three strikes, adapting and throwing at the said targets, both in attacking and in defending observing well the time that is required. All of which will then be shown and declared at length in the instruction of the sword alone.
+
| The fifth is that it is necessary to be defending and attacking at the same time with the three strikes, adapting and throwing at the targets, both in attacking and in defending observing the time that is required. All of which will then be shown and declared at length in the instruction of the sword alone.
  
 
| Le cinquiesme est, qu’il fault sçavoir soy deffendre & offencer à un mesme temps desdits trois coups, adaptez & tirez aux susdits lieux, tant en assaillant qu’en deffendant observant bien le temps qui est requis. Dont le tout sera cy aprés monstré & declaré au long à l’instruction de ceste espée seule.
 
| Le cinquiesme est, qu’il fault sçavoir soy deffendre & offencer à un mesme temps desdits trois coups, adaptez & tirez aux susdits lieux, tant en assaillant qu’en deffendant observant bien le temps qui est requis. Dont le tout sera cy aprés monstré & declaré au long à l’instruction de ceste espée seule.
Line 329: Line 327:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The sixth and last point is one of the good ones that is required to know in all of the art, which is to decide which the strikes that could be thrown, both in attacking and in defending, because being able to decide easily will find a remedy, otherwise it will not. And to do this we must look at the point of the sword, and never lose sight of it, and in doing so, we will easily decide which strike, deciding we will find a way of defending and offending at the same time, as I promised.
+
| The sixth and last point is one of the good ones that is required to know in all of the art, which is to decide which strikes could be thrown, both in attacking and in defending, because being able to decide easily will be provide a remedy; otherwise it will be hard. And to do this we must look at the sword point and never lose sight of it and in doing so, we will easily decide which strike we will find to defend and attack at the same time, as promised.
  
 
| Le sixiesme & et dernier poinct est un des bons qui soit requis de sçavoir en tout l’art, qui est juger du coup qui se peut tirer, tant en assaillant qu’en deffendant, car le jugeant facilement on y trouvera son remede, autrement non. Et pour ce faire faut regarder la pointe de l’espée, & ne la perdre jamais de veue, & en ce faisant, facilement on jugera du coup, le jugeant on trouvera moyen de soy deffendre & offencer, comme j’ay promis à un mesme temps.
 
| Le sixiesme & et dernier poinct est un des bons qui soit requis de sçavoir en tout l’art, qui est juger du coup qui se peut tirer, tant en assaillant qu’en deffendant, car le jugeant facilement on y trouvera son remede, autrement non. Et pour ce faire faut regarder la pointe de l’espée, & ne la perdre jamais de veue, & en ce faisant, facilement on jugera du coup, le jugeant on trouvera moyen de soy deffendre & offencer, comme j’ay promis à un mesme temps.
Line 335: Line 333:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| The reason for deciding the said strikes is that outside, which is the said point of the sword, directs and leads by the inside, which is the will, and not knowing the point of the sword, which is the outside, is to be so skillful that the observation, and therefore the observation of deciding the strike and gaining time. The observation and the gained time could succeed and preceed the said outside, which is the said strikes that the Lieutenant could throw on the defending Prevost, and there we can find the remedy.
+
| The reason to decide the strikes is that the outside, which is the sword point, directs and leads by the inside, which is the will and knows not the sword point, which is the outside, to be so skillful as the observation, and therefore the observation of deciding the strike and gaining time. The observation and the gained time could succeed and precede the outside, which is the strikes that the Lieutenant could throw at the defending Provost, and there we can find the remedy.
  
 
| La raison pour juger d’un desdits coups est que l’exterieur, qui est ladite pointe de l’espée, se conduit & meine par l’interieur, qui est la volonté, & ne scauroit la pointe de l’espée, qui est l’exterieur, estre si habile que la veue, & par consequent la veue fait juger du coup, & gaigner le temps. La veue & le temps gaignées peuvent succeder & prealler<ref>précéder. « Préaller » subsiste en français sous la forme « préalable ».</ref> ledit exterieur, qui est l’un desdits coups que le Lieutenant peut tirer sur le Prevost deffendant, & par là on peut trouver son remede.
 
| La raison pour juger d’un desdits coups est que l’exterieur, qui est ladite pointe de l’espée, se conduit & meine par l’interieur, qui est la volonté, & ne scauroit la pointe de l’espée, qui est l’exterieur, estre si habile que la veue, & par consequent la veue fait juger du coup, & gaigner le temps. La veue & le temps gaignées peuvent succeder & prealler<ref>précéder. « Préaller » subsiste en français sous la forme « préalable ».</ref> ledit exterieur, qui est l’un desdits coups que le Lieutenant peut tirer sur le Prevost deffendant, & par là on peut trouver son remede.
Line 341: Line 339:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''Here is the end and declaration of the sixth and last point, which is necessary to know all, for understanding of this weapon, and all the others of the same subject.
+
| ''This is the end and the declaration of the sixth and last point, which is truly necessary to know in order to understand this weapon and everything else on the same subject.''
 
 
Following the aforementioned six points, someone named Fabrice and Jules came to see me once, with some of his people, because they had heard talks of me, and they were told that I was writing a book on fencing and that I had dedicated it to the King. Avaricious and willing to know even more of the said fencing than they knew, begged me to show them the said book, which I refused, (until the said Majesty had seen it) and then seeing their good will, and who had not come to me to chatter, so to try to see the contents of the said book, I am excited to discuss with them some points contained in the said fencing and asked them certain questions, which we will be able to see later, with their responses, by which we can easily judge who best touches the goal of the true definition and demonstration of said fencing.
 
  
 +
Following the aforementioned six points, someone named Fabrice and Jules came to see me once with some of his people, because they had heard talks of me, and they were told that I was writing a book on fencing and that I had dedicated it to the King. Avaricious and willing to know even more of fencing than they knew, they begged me to show them the book, which I refused until his Majesty had seen it, and then seeing their good will knowing that they had not come to chatter to try to see the contents of the book, I am excited to discuss with them some points contained in fencing and asked them certain questions, which we will be able to see later, along with their responses, by which we can easily judge who best touches the goal of the true definition and demonstration of fencing.
  
 
| ''Voicy la fin & declaration du sixiesme & dernier poinct, qui est necessaire de scavoir à tous, pour l’intelligence de ceste arme, & de toutes les autres qui sont du mesme subjet.''
 
| ''Voicy la fin & declaration du sixiesme & dernier poinct, qui est necessaire de scavoir à tous, pour l’intelligence de ceste arme, & de toutes les autres qui sont du mesme subjet.''
  
Suyvant les dessusdits six poincts, un nommé Fabrice<ref>Il s’agit très probablement du maître d’arme italien Fabris Salvator de Padoue (1544-1617). Voir la note sur Fabris Salvator de Vigeant p. 162 et aussi les références à ses publications (Vigeant p. 55-56)</ref> & Jule, me vindrent une fois voir, avec quelques uns de leur païs, par ce qu’ils avoient ouy parler de moy, & leur avoit on dit que je composois un livre sus les armes & que je l’avois dedié au Roy. Eux cupides & volontaires, de sçavoir encores plus ausdites armes qu’ils ne sçavoient, me prierent de leur monstrer ledit livre, ce que je leur fis refus, (jusques à ce que ladite Majesté l’eust veu) & alors voyant leurs volontez bonnes, & qui n’estoient venus à moy pour eux jacter, ains pour tascher à voir le contenu dudit livre, cela m’esmeut de discourir avecques eux quelques poincts contenuz ausdites armes, & leurs fis certaines interrogations, qu’on pourra voir cy aprés avec leurs responses, par lesquelles on pourra facillement juger qui touche mieux au but de la vraye definition, & demonstration desdites armes.
+
Suyvant les dessusdits six poincts, un nommé Fabrice<ref>Il s’agit très probablement du maître d'arme italien Fabris Salvator de Padoue (1544-1617). Voir la note sur Fabris Salvator de Vigeant p. 162 et aussi les références à ses publications (Vigeant p. 55-56)</ref> & Jule, me vindrent une fois voir, avec quelques uns de leur païs, par ce qu’ils avoient ouy parler de moy, & leur avoit on dit que je composois un livre sus les armes & que je l’avois dedié au Roy. Eux cupides & volontaires, de sçavoir encores plus ausdites armes qu’ils ne sçavoient, me prierent de leur monstrer ledit livre, ce que je leur fis refus, (jusques à ce que ladite Majesté l’eust veu) & alors voyant leurs volontez bonnes, & qui n’estoient venus à moy pour eux jacter, ains pour tascher à voir le contenu dudit livre, cela m’esmeut de discourir avecques eux quelques poincts contenuz ausdites armes, & leurs fis certaines interrogations, qu’on pourra voir cy aprés avec leurs responses, par lesquelles on pourra facillement juger qui touche mieux au but de la vraye definition, & demonstration desdites armes.
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| And so I come attacking first the said Fabrice, and say to him Sir Fabrice, before asking at present with you, without other than the said fencing, I can know how many strikes the attacking enemy can offend the defendant. And yet, with your grace, I pray you tell me.
+
| And so I come attacking Fabrice first, and say to him, "Sir Fabrice, before discussing presently with you about none other than fencing, I want to know how many strikes the attacking enemy can attack the defender. And yet with your grace, I pray you tell me."
  
 
| Et alors je me viens atacquer premierement audit Fabrice, & luy dis Seigneur Fabrice, avant que tirer à present avec vous, ny avec autre ausdites armes, je veux sçavoir de combien de coups l’ennemy assaillant peut offencer le deffendant. Et pourtant, de grace vous prie, le moy dire.
 
| Et alors je me viens atacquer premierement audit Fabrice, & luy dis Seigneur Fabrice, avant que tirer à present avec vous, ny avec autre ausdites armes, je veux sçavoir de combien de coups l’ennemy assaillant peut offencer le deffendant. Et pourtant, de grace vous prie, le moy dire.
Line 358: Line 355:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| And so responding the said Fabrice and said, there are many blows, blows in Neapolitan what is called strikes in French. And again hearing this response uttered by the said Fabrice the said Author answered, this answer is endless and uncertain. Responding again the said Fabrice and said sir why do you say that my response is impertinent.
+
| And so responding Fabrice said that there are many blows, blows in Neapolitan is what is called strikes in French. And hearing this response uttered by Fabrice the Author answered that this answer is infinite and vague. Responding again Fabrice asked, "Sir why do you say that my answer is impertinent?"
 
   
 
   
 
| Et alors respondit ledit Fabrice & dit, de plusieurs bottes, bottes en napollitain vaut autant à dire que coups en françois. Et encores oyant ledit Autheur cette response proferée par ledit Fabrice, estre infinie et incertaine. Respondit encore ledit Fabrice & dist seigneur pourquoy dictes vous que ma reponse est impertinente.
 
| Et alors respondit ledit Fabrice & dit, de plusieurs bottes, bottes en napollitain vaut autant à dire que coups en françois. Et encores oyant ledit Autheur cette response proferée par ledit Fabrice, estre infinie et incertaine. Respondit encore ledit Fabrice & dist seigneur pourquoy dictes vous que ma reponse est impertinente.
Line 364: Line 361:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Responding the said de Sainct Didier say that all endless responses are vague, to this said response the said Fabrice responded that many blows are impertinent.
+
| Responding Saint Didier says that every answer with infinite points are vague, so to this answer of many blows from Fabrice is impertinent.
  
 
| Respond ledit de Sainct Didier & dit que toute response infinie n’a point de certitude, à ceste cause ladite response qu’a ledit Fabrice respondu de plusieurs bottes est impertinente.
 
| Respond ledit de Sainct Didier & dit que toute response infinie n’a point de certitude, à ceste cause ladite response qu’a ledit Fabrice respondu de plusieurs bottes est impertinente.
Line 370: Line 367:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| And so the said Fabrice saw that I was moving from the test, meaning that he did not answer me pertinently. The said Fabrice comes to his senses, and gives another response, and say that there are five blows the attacking enemy could offend the defendant: And again I told him to define them, and this time he says,
+
| And so Fabrice saw that I was shaking my head, meaning that he did not answer me pertinently. Fabrice comes to his senses and gives another answer and says that there are five blows that the attacking enemy could attack the defender: And again I told him to define them, and this time he says:
  
 
* Mandritti,
 
* Mandritti,
Line 377: Line 374:
 
* Stoccata,
 
* Stoccata,
 
* Imbrocatta.
 
* Imbrocatta.
And hearing this response uttered by the said Fabrice, when he said the above five Blows.
+
And hearing this answer uttered by Fabrice when he said the above five Blows.
  
 
| Et alors ledit Fabrice voyant que je remuois la teste, signifiant par là qu’il ne m’avoit respondu pertinement. Va ledit Fabrice un petit reprendre ses esprits, & feit autre response, & dit que de cinq bottes l’ennemy assaillant pouvoit offencer le deffendant : Et encores je luy dis definissez les, & à ceste heure il dit d’un,
 
| Et alors ledit Fabrice voyant que je remuois la teste, signifiant par là qu’il ne m’avoit respondu pertinement. Va ledit Fabrice un petit reprendre ses esprits, & feit autre response, & dit que de cinq bottes l’ennemy assaillant pouvoit offencer le deffendant : Et encores je luy dis definissez les, & à ceste heure il dit d’un,
Line 389: Line 386:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| So the said Author, without a moment passing answered him and said that such responses contain two leads which he responded wrong, whereas one is a response that is plural, and the other is singular. The plural is worthless, given the above reason, the singular which is when he said above about being the five blow is also not pertinent. The reason is because there are too many and so some must be removed.
+
| So the Author, without pause responded to him and said that these two answers that he responded is wrong, whereas one is a response that is plural, the other is singular. The plural is worthless given the reason above; the singular which is when he said above about there being five blows is also impertinent. The reason is because there are too many and thus some must be removed.
  
 
| Alors le dit Autheur, sans bien peu d’intervalle luy respondit & dit que telles responses contenoient deux chefs, par lesquels il avoit mal respondu, attendu qu’il y a une response qui est plurielle, & l’autre singuliere. La plurielle ne vaut rien, la raison est cy dessus donnée, la singuliere qui est quand il a dit cy dessus de cinq bottes n’est aussi pertinente. La raison par ce que il en y a trop & par ainsi en faut oster.
 
| Alors le dit Autheur, sans bien peu d’intervalle luy respondit & dit que telles responses contenoient deux chefs, par lesquels il avoit mal respondu, attendu qu’il y a une response qui est plurielle, & l’autre singuliere. La plurielle ne vaut rien, la raison est cy dessus donnée, la singuliere qui est quand il a dit cy dessus de cinq bottes n’est aussi pertinente. La raison par ce que il en y a trop & par ainsi en faut oster.
Line 395: Line 392:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Seeing this the said Fabrice, that I say we must remove some of the strikes of the said blows, replied to know of my true definition and secret, and said to me, Sir S. Didier, why have you said these responses that I said above, that of many blows and of five blows are not correctly answered by me?
+
| Fabrice, seeing that I said that we must remove some of the strikes of the blows, replied to know of my true definition and secret and said to me, "Sir S. Didier, why have you said these responses that I said above that of the many blows and of the five blows are incorrectly answered by me?"
  
 
| Voyant ce, ledit Fabrice, que je dits qu’il falloit oster quelques coups desdites bottes, me repliqua pour scavoir de moy la vraye definition & secret, & me dit, Seigneur de S. Didier, pourquoy avez-vous dit que les responses, que je dy cy dessus, de plusieurs & de cinq bottes n’estoient par moy bien ne deuement respondues ?
 
| Voyant ce, ledit Fabrice, que je dits qu’il falloit oster quelques coups desdites bottes, me repliqua pour scavoir de moy la vraye definition & secret, & me dit, Seigneur de S. Didier, pourquoy avez-vous dit que les responses, que je dy cy dessus, de plusieurs & de cinq bottes n’estoient par moy bien ne deuement respondues ?
Line 401: Line 398:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Responding a second time the said Author, and saying that truly such above responses are worthless, at least the plural, as has been defined above, and will be shown later as an example.
+
| Responding a second time the Author, and saying that truly such above responses are worthless, at least the plural, as has been defined above, and will be shown as an example next.
  
 
| Respond derechef ledit Autheur, & dit que veritablement telles susdites responses ne valloient rien, au moins la plurielle, comme a esté definy cy dessus, & sera monstré cy aprés comme par exemple.
 
| Respond derechef ledit Autheur, & dit que veritablement telles susdites responses ne valloient rien, au moins la plurielle, comme a esté definy cy dessus, & sera monstré cy aprés comme par exemple.
Line 407: Line 404:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| If one would speak and interrogate a camp master and asked him how many times the enemy can come up to a camp, and he answered from several: I would say that such a response would be uncertain and therefore not pertinent, whereas when we ask such aforementioned questions to a camp master or any other masters, they must be certain of their responses. Otherwise they are not worthy to rule or govern a camp nor republic, since it is necessary to be sure of how many times the enemy can come up to a camp, to that end that we can put as many as a hundred, for the preservation and guarding of it.
+
| If one would speak and interrogate a camp master and asked him how many times the enemy can come up to a camp, and he answered from several, I would say that such a response would be uncertain and therefore impertinent, whereas when we ask such aforementioned questions to a camp master or any other masters, they must be certain of their responses. Otherwise they are not fit to rule or govern a camp nor a republic, since it is necessary to be sure of how many times the enemy can come up to a camp; to that end that we can put as many as a hundred, for the preservation and protection of it.
  
 
| Si on disoit & interrogoit un maistre de camp, & on luy demandast de combien d’advenues l’ennemy peut venir sur un camp, & qu’il respondit de plusieurs : Je dy que telle response seroit incertaine, & par consequent n’est pertinente, attendu que quand on fait telle susdittes interrogations à un maistre de camp ou autres, tels doivent estre certains de leurs responses. Autrement ne sont dignes de regir ne gouverner un camp, ne republiques, attendu qu’il faut estre certain de combien d’advenues l’ennemy peut venir sur un camp, à celle fin qu’on y puisse mettre autant de centinelles, pour la conservation & garde d’iceluy.
 
| Si on disoit & interrogoit un maistre de camp, & on luy demandast de combien d’advenues l’ennemy peut venir sur un camp, & qu’il respondit de plusieurs : Je dy que telle response seroit incertaine, & par consequent n’est pertinente, attendu que quand on fait telle susdittes interrogations à un maistre de camp ou autres, tels doivent estre certains de leurs responses. Autrement ne sont dignes de regir ne gouverner un camp, ne republiques, attendu qu’il faut estre certain de combien d’advenues l’ennemy peut venir sur un camp, à celle fin qu’on y puisse mettre autant de centinelles, pour la conservation & garde d’iceluy.
Line 413: Line 410:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| And to respond and to conclude, to what was said above we need to know how many strikes the enemy can offend us, to know how to remedy and defend our body and honor, like a camp master who has a camp of a hundred or fifty thousand men because it is our specific interest. As for me, I say with the learned that what can be done with little is better than what can be done with a lot. Because of this I will remove two of the said five blows that Fabrice have because I say they are redundant, which is Fendente and Imbrocatta, and will remain no more than three, which are defined above, and will be here after.
+
| And to answer and conclude to what was said above we need to know how many strikes the enemy can attack us, to know how to remedy and defend our body and honor, like a camp master who has a camp of a hundred or fifty thousand men because it is in our specific interest. As for me, I say with the learned that what can be done with less is better than what can be done with more. Because of this I will remove two of the five blows that Fabrice have because I say they are redundant, which is Fendente and Imbrocatta, and so remain no more than three, which is defined above and will be next.
  
 
| Et pour respondre & conclure, à ce que dessus est dit nous avons autant de besoin de scavoir de combien de coups l’ennemy nous peut offenser, pour scavoir à iceux remedier & deffendre nostre corps & honneur, comme un Maistre de camps qui a un camp de cent ou cinquante mille hommes car c’est nostre interest particulier. Quant à moy je dis avec les doctes que ce qui ce peut faire avec peu est meilleur que ce qui ce fait avec beaucoup. À ceste cause j’osteray deux desdites cinq bottes que tient le dit Fabrice par ce que je les dy estre superflus, qui sont Fendant, & Imbronccade, & n’en demeurera plus que trois, qui sont cy dessus par moy definis, & seront cy apres.
 
| Et pour respondre & conclure, à ce que dessus est dit nous avons autant de besoin de scavoir de combien de coups l’ennemy nous peut offenser, pour scavoir à iceux remedier & deffendre nostre corps & honneur, comme un Maistre de camps qui a un camp de cent ou cinquante mille hommes car c’est nostre interest particulier. Quant à moy je dis avec les doctes que ce qui ce peut faire avec peu est meilleur que ce qui ce fait avec beaucoup. À ceste cause j’osteray deux desdites cinq bottes que tient le dit Fabrice par ce que je les dy estre superflus, qui sont Fendant, & Imbronccade, & n’en demeurera plus que trois, qui sont cy dessus par moy definis, & seront cy apres.
Line 419: Line 416:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''The following is the declaration and reason why the said Author removes the said Fendente against the opinion of the said Fabrice and Jules and many others, who nevertheless always put them in the list of the said strikes.''
+
| ''The following is the declaration and reason why the Author removes Fendente against the opinion of Fabrice and Jules and many others, who nevertheless always put them in the list of the strikes.''
  
The reason why I first removed the said Fedante is because it cannot truly be done. Because any Fendente that is true must hold and must not leave the top and middle of the thing you want to slash. I know of no man, as long as he is practiced in all sciences or arts, that having a sword in hand, cutlass, or another weapons that can properly slash, with whatever strikes that he can do, will not participate either on one side or the other, which gives up the middle. And yet if such a strike is thrown in the right side, is not Fedente but is Right-Hand, and if kept on the left side, it is not Fendente but will be Backhand.
+
The reason why I first removed Fedante is because it cannot actually be done. Because any Fendente that is true must hold and must not leave the top and middle of the thing you want to slash. I know of no man, as long as I have practiced in all the sciences or arts, that having a sword in hand, cutlass, or another weapons that can properly slash with whatever strikes that he can do, will not participate either on one side or the other, which gives up the middle. And yet if such a strike is thrown in the right side, is not Fedente but is Right-Hand, and if kept on the left side, it is not Fendente but will be a Reversal.
  
 
| ''S’ensuit la declaration & raison cy aprés pourquoy ledit Autheur oste ledit Fendant, contre l’opinion desdits Fabrice & Julle, & plusieurs autres, ce neantmoins de tout temps les ont mis & mettent au ranc desdits coups.''
 
| ''S’ensuit la declaration & raison cy aprés pourquoy ledit Autheur oste ledit Fendant, contre l’opinion desdits Fabrice & Julle, & plusieurs autres, ce neantmoins de tout temps les ont mis & mettent au ranc desdits coups.''
Line 429: Line 426:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| This is the reason why the said Fendente is removed by the said Author: of the number of the said blows that were held by the said Fabrice, and in it remains no more than four.
+
| This is the reason why Fendente is removed by the Author: of the number of blows that were held by Fabrice, and in it remains no more than four.
 
   
 
   
 
| Voyla la raison pourquoy ledit Fendant est osté par ledit Autheur : du nombre desdites cinq bottes que tient le susdit Fabrice, & n’en demourera plus que quatre.
 
| Voyla la raison pourquoy ledit Fendant est osté par ledit Autheur : du nombre desdites cinq bottes que tient le susdit Fabrice, & n’en demourera plus que quatre.
Line 435: Line 432:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''Here is also declared why by the author that he removed the said Imbrocatta from the number of the said five blows.''
+
| ''This is also why the author declared that he removed Imbrocatta from the number of the five blows.''
  
The reason is because Stoccata and Imbrocatta are both the same, like grapejuice green and green grapejuice, which are also the same. Because by asking for one or the other, one will never admit that they are the same. As such, a Stoccata and an Imbrocatta are the same thing since it is only the point that differs. And by removing the Fendente and Imbrocatta as stated, there will remain no more than three of the said strikes that are above declared in the said third point.
+
The reason is because Stoccata and Imbrocatta are both the same, like grapejuice green and green grapejuice, which are also the same. Because by asking for one or the other, one will never admit that they are the same. As such, a Stoccata and an Imbrocatta are the same thing since it is only the point that differs. And by removing the Fendente and Imbrocatta as stated, there will remain no more than three of the strikes that are above declared in the third point.
  
 
| ''Cy aprés est aussi declaré pourquoy ledit autheur oste ladite Imbronccade du nombre desdites cinq bottes.''
 
| ''Cy aprés est aussi declaré pourquoy ledit autheur oste ladite Imbronccade du nombre desdites cinq bottes.''
Line 445: Line 442:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''Here is the end of every requirement to know and to understand for whoever wants to be skillful in the said fencing.''
+
| ''Here is the end of every requirement to know and to understand for whoever wants to be skillful in fencing.''
  
To truly understand the said fencing and discover the art, order and pratice of it, he must imagine three personas: the first is the Author, the second the Lieutenant, the third the Prevost. The Author will describe all of the orders that the said Lieutenant and Prevost must follow in the art of the sword alone, which follows after this and is now commencing.
+
To truly understand fencing and discover the art, order and pratice of it, he must imagine three personas: the first is the Author, the second the Lieutenant, the third the Provost. The Author will describe all of the orders that the Lieutenant and the Provost must fulfill in the art of the sword alone, which follows next and is now commencing.
  
 
END.
 
END.
Line 459: Line 456:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| '''To the King.'''
 +
 
 +
'''By the Gentleman Stephen of Guette.'''
 +
<poem>SIRE, it is all but certain that men are made
 +
And created from nature ignorant and imperfect
 +
Crude in understnading and of earthly essence,
 +
And that at first they had no knowledge,
 +
As we today do with arts so marvelous,
 +
Used by the world. Thereby heavy and sleepy,
 +
And driven solely by natural instinct,
 +
Heathens having no care besides for food,
 +
Them and their babies having no other homes,
 +
But the fields of grass, depending on the seasons,
 +
At this hour the costs visit others silently, presently
 +
The shelter of a fresh oak not yet filthy
 +
In vigor is the spirit and essence of fire
 +
Who resides above at the head, but in time,
 +
Their eyes open, their eyelids closed.
 +
First made them admire many things,
 +
On earth and the heavens, and to think more closely
 +
At their convenience, arousing them on purpose
 +
I know not desire, I know not envy,
 +
To change my manner and live another life.
 +
If awakened spirit and no longer accompany
 +
He planted vines and gathered wine,
 +
He sowed the fields, Dug the ground,
 +
And with force extracted metals and stone,
 +
Which he used to flank walls and built houses;
 +
The beasts he tamed and their fleeces softened,
 +
Flocks dressed in long, relentless iron
 +
A dreadful sword was made and polished.
 +
And projecting again I know not what is higher
 +
He is at ease and flying full speed,
 +
To the highest of heavens having reached,
 +
At the path of the sun, the passing of the years;
 +
Painstaking centuries and days sought therein
 +
The treasure of science so hidden from men.
 +
O, my King the greatest who reigns under the poles
 +
I know not which aspects of malevolent signs,
 +
I know not neither misfortune nor disastrous star,
 +
Influences the Gauls this unfortunate fate
 +
And renders so the spirits of the past in your France
 +
Made drowsy and shrouded from foolish ignorance,
 +
That few we found who are affected by them
 +
A desire even more disdainfully abhorrent,
 +
An ignorant commoner with a bit of skillful advice,
 +
Boldly can undertake something higher,
 +
And worthy of his name, but since Francis,
 +
Your generous grandfather, the first father of the arts
 +
Of arms and art, and Henry your father
 +
The valiantly magnanimous and your brother Francis.
 +
And you my Prince and King whose illustrious grandeur
 +
Creates and promises France so much success
 +
And so too your brothers, these Princes born in greatness
 +
Then in this common misfortune you are such a victor
 +
By your perfections having gifts from heaven
 +
All the best in you as though a demi-god
 +
Malevolent stars divert the influence
 +
That from the sky above produces in abundance
 +
Without heavy spirits imperfections is nullified
 +
But noble, and happy, lively, divine, and perfect.
 +
</poem>
 +
 
 
| '''Au Roy.'''
 
| '''Au Roy.'''
  
Line 644: Line 703:
 
Et là vous instruez pour vostre Roy deffendre
 
Et là vous instruez pour vostre Roy deffendre
 
S’un jour l’on le vouloit à l’impourveu surprendre
 
S’un jour l’on le vouloit à l’impourveu surprendre
Lors qu’armez ne feriez contre ses apostez
+
Lors qu'armez ne feriez contre ses apostez
 
Sinon de glaives longs pendans à voz costez.
 
Sinon de glaives longs pendans à voz costez.
 
Cependant mon grand Roy recevez je vous prie,
 
Cependant mon grand Roy recevez je vous prie,
Line 653: Line 712:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
|  
+
| Sonnet to the author by Sir L'Aigle.
 +
<poem>I already see, Sainct Didier, the intuition of your beautiful book
 +
This sorrowful mass of defeated Knights
 +
Whose flanks opened, whose forces wiped
 +
In our stories, their shame lives eternal
 +
I see him, I say, charmed and intoxicated
 +
From the aroma of your brilliant name and virtues
 +
Down below the blade of a thousand cries
 +
Which annoys Pluto who again revives.
 +
Pluto, they say, knows when we will die
 +
Consider not so much of seeing ourselves on this side
 +
As seeing our brave victors talk about our conquests.
 +
Yet if from a Sainct Didier we were made
 +
We would make sure of course to split their heads,
 +
And from defeated become crowned victors.
 +
By Love or by Death.</poem>
 
| Sonnet à l’auteur, par Monsieur de l’Aigle.
 
| Sonnet à l’auteur, par Monsieur de l’Aigle.
  
Line 691: Line 765:
  
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
  | title = Side Sword
+
  | title = Single Sword
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
Line 697: Line 771:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating|Start}}</p> by John Tse
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[John Tse]]</p>
! <p>[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|Transcription]]<br/>by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
+
! <p>[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|First Edition]] (1573)<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| [[File:Quadriangle.png|200x200px|center]]
| The following is how one must be planted to put the sword in hand, both in time of peace and in times of war, with the steps, guards, drawings placements required in this art, which is very necessary to those who wish to practice the said fencing.
+
| The following is how one must be planted to put the sword in hand, both in time of peace and in times of war, with the steps, guards, drawings, and placements required in this art, which is truly necessary to those who wish to practice fencing.
  
Four footprints are placed under the feet of the Lieutenant and Prevost, which is listed in number 1, and another in 2, and another in 3, and another in 4, which serves the Lieutenant and Prevost and everyone else, to teach how one must skillfully make all the steps, drawings, guards, and placement of the weapons well as imagined in this rectangle. <br>
+
Four footprints are placed below the Lieutenant's and the Provost's feet which are marked number 1, and another 2, and another 3, and another 4, which serves the Lieutenant and Provost and everyone else to teach how one must skillfully make all the steps, drawings, guards, and placement of the weapons effectively as imagined in this rectangle. <br>
 
1      2 <br>
 
1      2 <br>
 
4      3
 
4      3
Line 716: Line 790:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 1-2.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 1-2.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Position and general plan, to make the first step and the first, second, and third drawings, which is necessary to know, both for the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Prevost, and all those who love fencing, to carry the sword on their side.''
+
| ''The position and general plan to make the first step and the first, second, and third drawings, which is necessary to know both for the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost and all those who love fencing, carrying the sword on their side.''
  
''Here then is the declaration of this position and plan for the Lieutenant.''
+
''Here follows the declaration of this position and plan for the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this the Lieutenant first must have the feet together thus placed, keeping the left foot in the foot print where it is marked near number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint, where it is marked in number 2, keeping the right hand at the sword hilt, and the left hand on the scabbard of the sword, showing that he wants to teach the Prevost how one must be faced: as is shown above here at the portrait of the said Lieutenant marked number 1 behind the hat.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant first must have the feet together thus placed, keeping the left foot in the footprint marked close to number 1 and the right foot in the other footprint where it is marked number 2, keeping the right hand on the sword hilt and the left hand on the sword's scabbard, showing that he wants to teach the Provost how this must be made, as shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 1 behind the hat.
  
''The end of what the said Leiutenant must do.''
+
''The end of what the Leiutenant needs to do.''
  
''The declaration of the plan and position of the said Prevost.''
+
''The declaration of the plan and position of the Provost.''
  
And to do this the said Prevost needs to have the feet together, keeping the left foot in the footprint where it is marked above here in number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint marked above in number 2, keeping the right hand at the sword hilt, and the left hand at the scabbard, showing that he is ready to make the necessary first step, as shown by the said Lieutenant, which is the first, second, and third drawings, as is marked above at its portrait and figure in number 2.
+
And to do this the Provost needs to have the feet together, keeping the left foot in the footprint marked above at number 1 and the right foot in the other footprint marked above at number 2, keeping the right hand on the sword hilt and the left hand on the scabbard, showing that he is ready to make the necessary first step, as shown by the Lieutenant, which is the first, second, and third drawings, as marked above at its portraiture and figure in number 2.
  
''Here is the end and declaration of the said first plan for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end and declaration of the first plan for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Tenue & plan general, pour faire la premiere desmarche & le premier, second, & tiers desgainements, qui sont necessaires scavoir, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant, & à tous autres qui aiment les armes, portans espée en leurs costez.''
 
| ''Tenue & plan general, pour faire la premiere desmarche & le premier, second, & tiers desgainements, qui sont necessaires scavoir, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant, & à tous autres qui aiment les armes, portans espée en leurs costez.''
Line 745: Line 819:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 3-4.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 3-4.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The guard to make and to execute the said first step and first and second drawings for the Lieutenant and Prevost.''
+
| ''The guard to execute the first step and the first and second drawings for the Lieutenant and Prevost.''
  
And to do the said first step for the Lieutenant, he must have the feet together, as shown above at the first portraiture, marked in number 1, and being there, he must keep the right foot back on the footprint where it is marked number 3 above, which is for the first step. And at the same time, put the sword in hand, for the said first drawing carry the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, placing the point of the sword straight at the left nipple, content 1, keeping the left hand right of the face, as shown above at the portraiture of the said Lieutenant, marked in number 3 behind the collar.
+
And to do the first step for the Lieutenant, he must have the feet together as shown above at the first portraiture marked number 1, and being there he must pull the right foot back on the footprint marked number 3 below, which is the first step. And at the same time, put the sword in hand, for the first drawing carry the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, placing the sword point straight at the left nipple, content 1, keeping the left hand right of the face, as shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 3 behind the collar.
  
''Here is the end of the first drawing for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the first drawing for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Following is the second drawing for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the second drawing for the Lieutenant.''
  
For the second drawing for the Lieutenant, he must have the feet together like so, as shown above at the first portraiture marked number 1. And to execute this said second drawing, he must move the right foot a little apart in the air, removing from the footprint which is marked 2, carrying the sword hilt, the drawing is higher than the shoulder and the placement of this as above content 1. And in an instant pass the sword by the head, extending strongly the arms, hold the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, and place the point of the sword at the left nipples of the Prevost, as shown in the said portraiture in number 3.
+
For the second drawing for the Lieutenant, he must have the feet together like so as shown above at the first portraiture marked number 1. And to execute this second drawing, he must move the right foot a little apart in the air, remove it from the footprint marked 2, carrying the sword hilt, drawing it higher than the shoulder, and the placement of this as above content 1. And in an instant pass the sword above the head, extending strongly the arms, keeping the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, and placing the sword point at the Provost's left nipple, as shown in the portraiture at number 3.
  
''The end of the second drawing for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the second drawing for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Here is the declaration for the first and second drawing for the said Prevost, which is to know how to put the sword in hand as taught by the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the declaration for the first and second drawings for the Provost, which is to know how to put the sword in hand as taught by the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost has to remember how he placed his said first plan as shown above in number 2, which is with the feet together, and being there, the said Prevost must make the said first drawing by pulling the right foot he has on footprint 2 behind to the footprint which is marked number 3, which is also the first step, and at the same time put the sword in hand, carrying the sword hilt higher and a bit above the right shoulder, placing the point of the sword to be on the high guard straight at the left eye, and keeping the left hand right of the left nipple to deflect the point of the sword of the said Lieutenant, if by fortune he wants to advance further, as is shown above in the portraiture marked in number 4.
+
And to do this the Provost must remember how he has was placed above at the first plan marked number 2, which is with the feet together, and from there the Provost must make the first drawing by pulling the right foot on footprint 2 back to the footprint marked number 3, which is also the first step, and at the same time put the sword in hand, carrying the sword hilt higher and a bit farther than the right shoulder, placing the sword point straight at the left eye to be on high guard, and keeping the left hand right of the left nipple to deflect the sword point of Lieutenant if by fortune he wants to advance further, as shown above in the portraiture marked number 4.
  
''Here is the end of the first drawing of the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the first drawing of the Provost.''
  
''The following is the second drawing for the Prevost.''
+
''The following is the second drawing for the Provost.''
  
And to execute the second drawing well, the Prevost must have the feet together, as shown in the said portraiture, marked at number 2, and being there, the said Prevost must pull the right foot out of the footprint where it was, which was in number 2, putting it down a bit, making the said second drawing, which is that he must carry the sword hilt in the middle guard, and the point straight at the left nipple. And to begin the third drawing, he must pass the sword above the head, extending strongly the arms, and carrying the sword hilt higher and a bit farther than the right shoulder, placing at the same time the point of the sword straight at the left eye of the said Lieutenant, and the left hand is kept right of the left nipple, as shown above in the first drawing, as is shown at the said portraiture marked behind the back of the person marked number 4.
+
And to effectively execute the second drawing, the Provost must have the feet together as shown in the portraiture marked number 2, and from there the Provost must pull the right foot out of the footprint where it was in number 2, putting it down a bit, and making the second drawing which is that he must carry the sword hilt in middle guard, and the point straight at the left nipple. And to begin the third drawing, he must pass the sword above the head, extending strongly the arms, and carrying the sword hilt higher and a bit farther than the right shoulder, placing at the same time the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's left eye, and the left hand is kept right of the left nipple, as shown above in the first drawing and as shown at the portraiture marked behind the back of the person marked number 4.
  
''The end of the first and second drawings for the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the first and second drawings for the Provost.''
  
After having shown this first plan above, being to make the first and second drawings for the Lieutenant and the Prevost, stay for the demonstration of the third drawing, after which one will be able to see the guard and position to and to be able to execute and do it.''
+
After having shown this first plan above, being to make the first and second drawings for the Lieutenant and the Provost, stay for the demonstration of the third drawing, after which one will be able to see the guard and position to and to be able to execute and do it.''
  
 
| ''Garde pour faire, & executer ladite premiere desmarche, premier & second desgainement, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Garde pour faire, & executer ladite premiere desmarche, premier & second desgainement, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 800: Line 874:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 5-6.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 5-6.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Guard and position for commencing to make the third drawing for the demonstrating Lieutenant at the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The guard and position to start making the third drawing for the demonstrating Lieutenant at the defending Provost.''
  
This third drawing for the Lieutenant is to be done with the feet together, as is stated above and shown at the said general plan, keeping the left foot on the footprint where it is marked below number 1, and the right foot at the footprint where it is marked 2, and in order to start well this said third drawing, the said Lieutenant must remove the right foot from the said footprint which is marked 2, and carry it forward in the air, making the first drawing, which can be seen above at its place in content 1, and while keeping the foot in the air, turn the sword hilt, the back of the hand down and the nails high, placing the point of the sword right at the belly, keeping the left hand behind, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 5 behind the hat.
+
This third drawing for the Lieutenant is to be done with the feet together, as stated above and shown at the general plan, keeping the left foot on the footprint marked number 1 below, and the right foot at the footprint marked 2, and in order to effectively start this third drawing, the Lieutenant must remove the right foot from the footprint marked 2 and carry it forward in the air, making the first drawing, which can be seen above at its place in content 1, and while keeping the foot in the air, turn the sword hilt, the back of the hand down and the nails high, placing the sword point straight at the belly, keeping the left hand behind, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 5 behind the hat.
  
''The end of the start of the said third drawing for the Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the start of the third drawing for the Lieutenant.''
  
The third drawing for the said Prevost, starts by having the feet together, as is shown above in the plan of the said Prevost, marked number 2, keeping the left foot in the footprint, where it is marked near number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint where it is marked 2, and to start and do the said third drawing, the Prevost must put the right foot which is on the footprint marked 2 a bit up in the air. And doing the first drawing that has been made by the said Prevost above in content 1. And to complete this said drawing, he must turn the nails on the hand of the sword upwards, content 2, placing the point of the sword straight at the eyes, keeping the left hand behind, as is shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 6 behind the bonnet.
+
The third drawing for the Provost starts by having the feet together as shown above in the plan of the Provost marked number 2, keeping the left foot in the footprint marked near number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint marked 2, and to start and do the third drawing, the Provost must put the right foot which is on the footprint marked 2 a bit up in the air. And doing the first drawing that has been made by the Provost above in content 1. And to complete this drawing, he must turn the nails on the sword hand upwards, content 2, placing the sword point straight at the eyes, keeping the left hand behind, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 6 behind the bonnet.
  
''Here is the end of the start of the said third drawing for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the beginning of the third drawing for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Garde & tenue pour commencer à faire troisiesme desgainement pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, au Prevost deffendeur.''
 
| ''Garde & tenue pour commencer à faire troisiesme desgainement pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, au Prevost deffendeur.''
Line 822: Line 896:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 7-8.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 7-8.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The last of the third drawing for the Lieutenant and the Prevost that is left to declare its properties and significance below as portrayed and completed here.''
+
| ''The last of the third drawing for the Lieutenant and the Provost that is left to declare its properties and significance below as portrayed and completed here.''
  
In order to be good and graceful to complete the said third drawing for the Lieutenant, the said Lieutenant must do the plan portrayed above where he keeps the right foot forward in the air after having made the said first and second drawing marked in number 5 in order to complete this drawing, which is to leave the said right foot over the footprint marked number 3 in this portraiture, turning the back of the hand holding the sword hilt up, as done by the Lieutenant marked number 3 since the artist made a mistake with this one. Yet the Lieutenant is to keep his left hand, making sure that he keeps it well under his sword arm as shown at the portraiture number 7.
+
In order to be effective and graceful to complete the third drawing for the Lieutenant, the Lieutenant must do the plan portrayed above where he keeps the right foot forward in the air after having made the first and second drawing marked in number 5 in order to complete this drawing, which is to leave the right foot over the footprint marked number 3 in this portraiture, turning the back of the hand holding the sword hilt up, as done by the Lieutenant marked number 3 since the artist made a mistake with this one. Yet the Lieutenant is to keep his left hand, making sure that he keeps it well under his sword arm as shown at the portraiture number 7.
  
''The last of the said final third drawing for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The last of the final third drawing for the Lieutenant.''
  
And in order to complete the said third drawing for the Prevost, he must come to be on the same plan as the above marked number 5 as shown with the preceding Prevost, who keeps the right foot in the air, keeping the back of the hand holding the sword hilt up, and to complete this said third drawing, the said Prevost must pull the right foot back from the air as is said above and leave it on the fooprint  marked number 3 at the portraiture, turning the nails on the sword hand down, placing the point of the sword straight at the face or better yet the left eye, and keeping the left hand right on the shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 8.
+
And in order to complete the third drawing for the Provost, he must come to be on the same plan as the above marked number 5 as shown with the preceding Provost, who keeps the right foot in the air, keeping the back of the hand holding the sword hilt up, and to complete this third drawing, the Provost must pull the right foot back from the air as stated above and leave it on the fooprint  marked number 3 at the portraiture, turning the nails on the sword hand down, placing the sword point straight at the face or better yet the left eye, and keeping the left hand right on the shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 8.
  
''Here is the last and final said third drawing for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the last and final third drawing for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''La fin du troisiesme desgainement pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, que voicy pourtraits & parachevez, reste à declarer cy dessous leurs proprietez & significations''
 
| ''La fin du troisiesme desgainement pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, que voicy pourtraits & parachevez, reste à declarer cy dessous leurs proprietez & significations''
Line 844: Line 918:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 9-10.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 9-10.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''General position for both the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Prevost, in order to execute the art, order, and practice contained in the sword alone.
+
| ''General position for both the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost, in order to execute the art, order, and practice contained in the sword alone.
  
In order to show and declare this general position for the Lieutenant, he needs to place his feet together for all strikes, to keep the left foot roughly in the footprint marked number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint also marked on number 2, keeping the right hand at the sword hilt, and the left hand on the scabbard, showing to the Prevost how he must do so, as is shown above at the portraiture, marked number 9.
+
In order to show and declare this general position for the Lieutenant, he needs to place his feet together for all strikes, to keep the left foot roughly in the footprint marked number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint also marked on number 2, keeping the right hand at the sword hilt, and the left hand on the scabbard, showing to the Provost how he must do so, as shown above at the portraiture, marked number 9.
  
''The end of the position and plan for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the position and plan for the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the plan and position that the said defending Prevost must do as instructed by the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the plan and position that the defending Provost must do as instructed by the Lieutenant.''
  
And similarly to do this, the said Prevost is to place his feet together, keeping the left foot in the footprint that is marked number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint marked number 2, keeping also his sword on his left side and his right hand open, showing that he is ready to take the sword, and to do what the said Lieutenant would say, the said Prevost also is keeping his left hand on his side, showing that he is nimble, and not far to put the sword in hand, and to do the said Lieutenant marked in number 9, and the said Prevost must do, and follow everything that is written here, and as is also written at the portraiture and figure marked at number 10.
+
And similarly to do this, the Provost is to place his feet together, keeping the left foot in the footprint marked number 1, and the right foot in the other footprint marked number 2, keeping also his sword on his left side and his right hand open, showing with this gesture that he is ready to take the sword, and to do what the Lieutenant would say, the Provost also is keeping his left hand on his side, showing that he is nimble, and not far to put the sword in hand, and to do as the Lieutenant does marked in number 9, and the Provost must do, and follow everything that is written here, and as is also written at the portraiture and figure marked at number 10.
  
''The end of the position and plan for the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the position and plan for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Tenue generalle, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant, pour executer l’art, ordre & pratique contenu en ceste espée seule.''
 
| ''Tenue generalle, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant, pour executer l’art, ordre & pratique contenu en ceste espée seule.''
Line 870: Line 944:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 11-12.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 11-12.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Postion and guard of the first strike of the sword alone, for the Lieutenant, which is a low right-hand at the leg of the Prevost, thrown by the Lieutenant, and defended by the Prevost, as will be seen after the first strike.''
+
| ''Postion and guard of the first strike of the sword alone, for the Lieutenant, which is a low right-hand at the leg of the Provost, thrown by the Lieutenant, and defended by the Provost, as will be seen after the first strike.''
  
And to do this the Lieutenant is to have the feet together as shown above in the portraiture of the said Lieutenant marked number 9, pull the right foot back a little apart, and in drawing his sword will take the sword hilt higher than his shoulder, placing the point straight at the left nipple of the Prevost, keeping the left hand below the arm, as is shown above at the portraiture marked number 11 behind the bonnet.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant is to have the feet together as shown above in the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 9, pull the right foot back a little apart, and in drawing his sword will take the sword hilt higher than his shoulder, placing the point straight at the Provost's left nipple, keeping the left hand below the arm, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 11 behind the bonnet.
  
''Written for the first guard and position for the said Prevosit, in order to begin the section on the sword alone.''
+
''Written for the first guard and position for the Provost, in order to begin the section on the sword alone.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must have his feet together as is portrayed above marked in number 10. And the said Prevost having made one of the said three drawings, is to remain in the high guard, having pulled the right foot back, keeping the sword hand a bit higher than the right shoulder, placing and aiming the point of the sword straight at the chin, and keeping the left hand right of his nipple, ready to do whatever is necessary, and will be willing afterwards as is shown above at the portraiture and figure of the said Prevost marked number 12 behind the hat.
+
And to do this, the Provost must have his feet together as portrayed above marked in number 10. And the Provost having made one of the three drawings, is to remain in the high guard, having pulled the right foot back, keeping the sword hand a bit higher than the right shoulder, placing and aiming the sword point straight at the chin, and keeping the left hand right of his nipple, ready to do whatever is necessary, and will be willing afterwards as shown above at the portraiture and figure of the Provost marked number 12 behind the hat.
  
''The end of this first guard for the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of this first guard for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Tenue & garde du premier coup de ceste espée seule, pour le Lieutenent, qui est un maindroit de bas au jarret du Prevost, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu par le Prevost, comme se verra cy aprés au premier coup.''
 
| ''Tenue & garde du premier coup de ceste espée seule, pour le Lieutenent, qui est un maindroit de bas au jarret du Prevost, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu par le Prevost, comme se verra cy aprés au premier coup.''
Line 892: Line 966:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 13-14.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 13-14.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''This guard is almost similar to the one before, barely being different, and yet it will serve as another one in order to make and execute said first strike of the sword alone for the Lieutenent and Prevost.''
+
| ''This guard is almost similar to the one before, hardly different yet it will serve as another one to make and execute the first strike of the sword alone for the Lieutenant and Provost.''
  
In order to declare this guard for the Lieutenant, he must have his feet together to throw the right foot<ref>Dupuis states the original says left but is incompatible with the rest of the text and the engraving.</ref> back a little apart, carrying the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, placing the point of the sword straight at the throat; the guard of the Lieutenant above marked in number 11 is the same, but the placement isn't because he places the point at the left nipple, whereas this one states it is at the throat, keeping the left hand under the arm of the sword, as is shown below at the portraiture marked on number 13.
+
In order to declare this guard for the Lieutenant, he must have his feet together to pull the right foot<ref>Dupuis states the original says left but is incompatible with the rest of the text and the engraving.</ref> back a little apart, carrying the sword hilt higher than the right shoulder, placing the sword point straight at the throat; the guard of the Lieutenant above marked in number 11 is the same, but the placement isn't because he places the point at the left nipple, whereas this one states it is at the throat, keeping the left hand under the sword arm, as shown below at the portraiture marked on number 13.
  
''Here is the purpose of this guard for the Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the purpose of this guard for the Lieutenant.''
  
The said Prevost being such that the feet were together and having pulled the right foot back while having remained on the left foot, having made one of the said three drawings, and having carried the sword hilt a little higher than the right shoulder by keeping the back of the sword hand up and the nails down as he should, unlike the said Lieutenant, as expected since the painter made an error with all of the said future Lieutenants because they should be keeping the nails of the sword hand down and keeping them high, but the said Prevost does this better, and also keeping the left hand above the left lap, as is shown above at the portraiture marked number 14.
+
The Provost being such that the feet were together and having pulled the right foot back while having remained on the left foot, having made one of the three drawings, and having carried the sword hilt a little higher than the right shoulder by keeping the back of the sword hand up and the nails down as he should, unlike the Lieutenant, as expected since the painter made an error with all of the future Lieutenants because they should be keeping the nails of the sword hand down and keeping them high, but the Provost does this better, and also keeping the left hand above the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 14.
  
''Here is the end of the second position, which serves as another one for said defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the second position, which serves as another one for defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Cette garde est presque semblable à la sudite, il n’y a guere de difference, & pourtant ne serviront que d’une, pour faire, & executer ledit premier coup de ceste espée seule, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Cette garde est presque semblable à la sudite, il n’y a guere de difference, & pourtant ne serviront que d’une, pour faire, & executer ledit premier coup de ceste espée seule, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 915: Line 989:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 15-16.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 15-16.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the first strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this next said Lieutenant must have taken the step and one of the said drawings, staying on the left foot as the portraiture above marked number 13, and in order to do and execute this first strike of the sword alone, the said Lieutenant will advance the right foot, being on the said guard marked 13, and will throw a low right-hand at the left knee of the Prevost, raising the sword hilt almost as high as the left shoulder, lowering well the point of the sword down to do this said right-hand at the leg more perfectly, keeping the left hand as is shown above at the portraiture of the said Lieutenant marked number 15.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant must have taken the step and one of the drawings, staying on the left foot as the portraiture above marked number 13, and in order to execute this first strike of the sword alone, the Lieutenant will advance the right foot, being on the guard marked 13, and will throw a low right-hand at the Provost's left knee, raising the sword hilt almost as high as the left shoulder, lowering the sword point well down to do this right-hand at the leg more perfectly, and keeping the left hand as shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 15.
  
''Here is the end of the first strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the first strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
''After this is to declare how the Prevost will have defended his knee and will have thrown a right-hand at the arms of the Lieutenant.''
+
''Next is to declare how the Provost will have defended his knee and will have thrown a right-hand at the Lieutenant's arms.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost is on his left leg, having made one of the three drawings, guards, and placement, and stays on the said guard marked number 14 above, the said Prevost to properly execute, defend, and offend at the same time this said low right-hand, pulls his left foot back and throws a right-hand at the sword arm of the said Lieutenant, and unlike other ignorant demonstrators who crosses sword against sword when a strike comes from below, which is fine because by that he defends himself; but this strike is better because he defends himself and offends thereby doing two good things, I recommend that you take the better one, as the said Prevost also does in executing this said strike, keeping the left hand as is shown at the portraiture marked number 16.  
+
And to do this, the Provost being on his left leg, having made one of the three drawings, guards, and placement, and staying on the guard marked number 14 above, the Provost to properly execute, defend, and attack at the same time this low right-hand, pulls his left foot back and throws a right-hand at the Lieutenant's sword arm, and unlike other ignorant demonstrators who crosses sword against sword when a strike comes from below, which is fine because by that he defends himself; but this strike is better because he defends himself and attacks thereby doing two good things, I recommend that you take the better one, as the Provost also does in executing this strike, keeping the left hand as shown at the portraiture marked number 16.  
  
''Here is the defense of the said low right-hand at the knee defended by the Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the defense of the low right-hand at the knee defended by the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Sensuyt le premier coup de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuyt le premier coup de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 941: Line 1,015:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 17-18.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 17-18.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the first strike, which is for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the first strike, which is for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the Lieutenant being again on the right foot, having thrown the said low right-hand at the knee, while the Prevost threw a right-hand at the sword arm at the same time, as is shown above at the said Lieutenant on number 15 and the Prevost on 16. The said Lieutenant being again on the right foot, seeing himself about to be struck by a right-hand on the sword arm, immediately lifts and carries his sword high and throws a back-hand<ref>per Dupuis's transcription, it's literally "backhand" as opposed to the technique before named "renver" for whatever reason Didier thought to use a different word this time. I've included a hyphen to differentiate but I think it's supposed to be the same.</ref> on the side of the right shoulder of the Prevost, keeping the said Lieutenant's fingernails of the right hand to face left, and his left hand is keeping right of his face, as is shown above at the portraiture, marked behind the collar in number 17.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant being again on the right foot, having thrown the low right-hand at the knee, while the Provost threw a right-hand at the sword arm at the same time as shown above at the Lieutenant on number 15 and the Provost on 16. The Lieutenant being again on the right foot, seeing himself about to be struck by a right-hand on the sword arm, immediately lifts and carries his sword high and throws a back-hand on the side of the Provost's right shoulder, keeping the Lieutenant's fingernails of the right hand to face left, and his left hand is keeping right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture marked behind the collar in number 17.
  
''The end of the first counter of the first strike of the sword alone for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the first counter of the first strike of the sword alone for the Lieutenant.''
  
''After this will be declared the defense of the first counter and continuation for the Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''Next will be declared the defense of the first counter and continuation for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to evade and to guard himself against this first continuation, which is a high back-hand, having thrown a right-hand at the arms of the said Lieutenant, as is shown above at the portraiture of the said Lieutenant marked number 15 and at the Prevost who executed the right-hand, marked number 16, the said Prevost being on the right foot to guard and to defend this said first counter, will cross the sword of the said Lieutenant with the strong on the weak, presenting him a thrust to the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the said Prevost's left hand near his left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 18.
+
And to evade and to guard himself against this first continuation, which is a high back-hand, having thrown a right-hand at the Lieutenant's arms , as shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 15 and at the Provost who executed the right-hand marked number 16, the Provost being on the right foot to guard and to defend this first counter, will cross the Lieutenant's sword with the strong on weak, presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the Provost's left hand near his left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 18.
  
''The end of the first counter and continuation for the said Prevost, being well defended by this against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the first counter and continuation for the Provost against the Lieutenant, being effectively defended by this.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte, du premier coup, qui est pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte, du premier coup, qui est pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 967: Line 1,041:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 19-20.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 19-20.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation for the Lieutenant and the Prevost of the first strike of the sword alone, which is a right-hand.''
+
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation for the Lieutenant and the Provost of the first strike of the sword alone, which is a right-hand.''
  
And to complete this second continuation by the said Lieutenant, he must be still on this right foot, and having made the said second counter and continuation, having seen the said Prevost defending himself, the said Lieutenant again for this second continuation steals away<ref>In modern fencing, dérobement is a fencing term for disengage.</ref> his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost, and throws a high right-hand at the said Prevost, keeping the back of the sword hand down and the nails up, and the left hand right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 19.
+
And to complete this second continuation by the Lieutenant, he must still be on the right foot and having made the second counter and continuation, having seen the Provost defending himself, the Lieutenant again for this second continuation disengages<ref>In modern fencing, dérobement is a fencing term for disengage. In French it means to shirk or to avoid.</ref> his sword below the Provost's sword hilt and throws a high right-hand at the Provost, keeping the back of the sword hand down and the nails up, and the left hand right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 19.
  
''The end of the second continuation of the said first strike for the Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the second continuation of the first strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
''After this will show how the Prevost must defend himself of the said second counter and continuation, thrown by the attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''Next will show how the Provost must defend himself of the second counter and continuation thrown by the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
And to guard himself well, the said Prevost must see the point of the sword of the said Lieutenant, and when he steals away below the sword hilt of the said Prevost to throw the high right-hand at him, the said Prevost, not removing the step of the right foot as he is, will cross the said right-hand that is thrown at him by the said Lieutenant strong on the weak, and will present to him a thrust to the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the left hand right of his shoulder, as is shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 20.
+
And to guard himself effectively, the Provost must watch the Lieutenant's sword point, and when he disengages below the Provost's sword hilt to throw the high right-hand at him, the Provost not removing the step of the right foot, will cross the right-hand that is thrown at him by the Lieutenant with the strong on weak and will present a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the left hand right upon his shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 20.
  
''Here is the end of the second counter and continuation of the said first strike for the Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the second counter and continuation of the first strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite & suitte pour le Lieutenent & Prevost du premier coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un maindroit.''
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite & suitte pour le Lieutenent & Prevost du premier coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un maindroit.''
Line 993: Line 1,067:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 21-22.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 21-22.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''In these two portraitures that follows shows the guard and position for doing the second strike for the Lieutenant and the Prevost, in this following section of the sword alone.''
+
| ''The following two portraitures show the guard and position to make the second strike for the Lieutenant and the Provost in this section of the sword alone.''
  
To do this said guard for the Lieutenant well he must have his feet together, as shown above in the general position of the said Lieutenant marked number 9, which is for demonstrating how one must make all of the guards, which is required for all the said fencing. And to do this guard for the said Lieutenant, being thus placed as is said, needs to pull his right foot back a little apart under the right side and at the same time put the sword in hand, carrying the sword hilt a little higher than the right shoulder which is the high guard, placing the point of the sword straight at the eyes, keeping the left hand under the left thigh, as marked at the portraiture number 21.
+
To do this guard for the Lieutenant effectively he must have his feet together as shown above in the general position of the Lieutenant marked number 9, which is to demonstrate how one must make all of the guards which is required for fencing. And to do this guard for the Lieutenant, being thus placed as stated, he needs to pull his right foot back a little apart under the right side and at the same time put the sword in hand, carrying the sword hilt a little higher than the right shoulder which is the high guard, placing the sword point straight at the eyes, keeping the left hand above the left thigh, as marked at the portraiture number 21.
  
 
''The end of the guard for the Lieutenant.''
 
''The end of the guard for the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the writing for the guard and position for the said Prevost.
+
''The following is the writing of the guard and position for the Provost.''
  
And to do this the Prevost likewise is to have the feet together, as is shown above at the portraiture marked number 10, in order to make the low guard well the said Prevost needs to pull the right foot back in drawing to carry the sword hilt under his left lap, placing the point of the sword straight at the braies of the said Lieutenant, keeping also the left hand right of the left nipple, as is shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 22 behind the bonnet.
+
And to do this the Provost likewise is to have the feet together, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 10, and in order to make the low guard effectively the Provost needs to pull the right foot back in drawing to carry the sword hilt above his left lap, placing the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's braies, and also keeping the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 22 behind the bonnet.
  
''The end of the said guard and position for the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the guard and position for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''En ces deux pourtraitures qui sensuivent est monstrée la garde & tenue pour faire le second coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, suivant l’ordre de ceste espée seule.''
 
| ''En ces deux pourtraitures qui sensuivent est monstrée la garde & tenue pour faire le second coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, suivant l’ordre de ceste espée seule.''
Line 1,019: Line 1,093:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 23-24.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 23-24.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The follwing is the second strike of the sword alone on this next section, which is a low backhand  at the right knee of the Prevost, thrown by the Lieutenant and properly defended by the Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the second strike of the sword alone on this section, which is a low reversal at the Provost's right knee, thrown by the Lieutenant and properly defended by the Provost.''
  
And to do this, the Lieutenant remaining on the right foot having made and thrown the said first and second counters, is to execute and make the said second strike by advancing with the left foot and throwing a back-hand at the right knee of the Prevost, keeping the left hand straight at the face, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked 23.   
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant remaining on the right foot having made and thrown the first and second counters, is to execute and make the second strike by advancing with the left foot and throwing a back-hand at the Provost's right knee, keeping the left hand right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked 23.   
  
''Here is the end of the said second strike for the Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the second strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
The said Lieutenant pretends to not know the remedy of the said backhand, but he does it as will be seen afterwards: because he does not want to defend himself, not making the remedy, waiting for him to show the said Prevost how he has to do it.
+
The Lieutenant pretends to not know the remedy of the reversal, but he does as will be seen afterwards; because he does not want to defend himself, therefore not making the remedy, waiting for him to show the Provost how he has to do it.
  
''Here will be declared the second strike of the sword alone for the said Prevost, which is a backhand on the sword elbow of the Lieutenant.''
+
''Here will be declared the second strike of the sword alone for the Provost, which is a reversal on the Lieutenant's sword elbow.''
  
And to do this, having made the first guard and drawing while being under the left foot, in order to execute this strike when the said Lieutenant advanced his left foot to throw a low back-hand at the Prevost's knee, the said Prevost pulls back his right foot and throws a backhand at the elbow of the sword arm of the said Lieutenant instead of going for the sword as done by the ignorants, keeping the left hand under the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 24 behind the collar.
+
And to do this, having made the first guard and drawing while being under the left foot, in order to execute this strike when the Lieutenant advanced his left foot to throw a low back-hand at the Provost's knee, the Provost pulls back his right foot and throws a reversal at the elbow of the Lieutenant's sword arm instead of going for the sword as done by the ignorant, keeping the left hand above the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 24 behind the collar.
  
''The end of the second strike which is a backhand under the elbow of the sword arm of the said Lieutenant, thrown by the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the second strike which is a reversal under the elbow of the Lieutenant's sword arm, thrown by the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit le second coup de ceste espée seule, suivant l’ordre d’icelle, qui est un renvers de bas au jarret droict du Prevost, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu proprement par le Prevost.''
 
| ''Sensuit le second coup de ceste espée seule, suivant l’ordre d’icelle, qui est un renvers de bas au jarret droict du Prevost, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu proprement par le Prevost.''
Line 1,050: Line 1,124:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 25-26.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 25-26.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the counter and continuation and declarations of the second strike, which is a low backhand at the left knee of the Prevost thrown by the Lieutenant.''
+
| ''The following is the counter and continuation and declarations of the second strike, which is a low reversal at the Provost's left knee thrown by the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this the said Lieutenant remains on the left foot, seeing himself to be struck on the elbow of the sword arm as stated at the other said figures marked 23 and 24, immediately this Lieutenant is to make his first counter or continuation and pulls up his right hand for a high thrust, as he should do, keeping the sword hilt with the fingertips facing left and keeping the left hand right on his shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 25.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant remains on the left foot, seeing himself about to be struck on the elbow of the sword arm as stated at the other figures marked 23 and 24, immediately this Lieutenant is to make his first counter or continuation and pulls up his right hand for a high thrust, as he should do, keeping the sword hilt with the fingertips facing left and keeping the left hand right of his shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 25.
  
''Here is the end of the first counter of the said strike for the Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the first counter of the strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
Here will be shown the declaration of the first counter or continuation of the said second strike, which is a low backhand at the knee of the said Lieutenant and a backhand at the elbow, thrown by the said Prevost marked number 23 and 24 above for the said Lieutenant and for the said Prevost. And to defend himself from the second counter or continuation, which is a right-hand or high thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant, it is necessary that the said Prevost being on the step of the left foot, crosses the sword of the said Lieutenant with the strong on the weak, and presents him a thrust to the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the fingernails on the hand of the sword hilt up and the left hand under the elbow of the sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 26.
+
Here will be shown the declaration of the first counter or continuation of the second strike, which is a low reversal at the Lieutenant's knee and a reversal at the elbow, thrown by the Provost marked number 23 and 24 above for the Lieutenant and for the Provost. And to defend himself from the second counter or continuation, which is a right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, it is necessary that the Provost being on the step of the left foot, crosses the Lieutenant's sword with the strong on weak, and presents him a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the fingernails on the hand of the sword hilt up and the left hand under the elbow of the sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 26.
  
''Here is the end of the first counter of the said second strike for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the first counter of the second strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuivent les opposites & suittes, & declarations d’icelles dudit second coup, qui est un renvers de bas au jarret gauche du Prevost tiré par le Lieutenent.''
 
| ''Sensuivent les opposites & suittes, & declarations d’icelles dudit second coup, qui est un renvers de bas au jarret gauche du Prevost tiré par le Lieutenent.''
Line 1,072: Line 1,146:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 27-28.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 27-28.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Declaration of the second counter of the said second strike for the Lieutenant and the Prevost.''
+
| ''Declaration of the second counter of the second strike for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
  
And to do this, the Lieutenant needs to be under the said step of the right foot to steal away his sword under the sword hilt of the Prevost, and to throw again a high backhand or high thrust for the second counter and continuation at his choice on the right side, keeping the nails on sword hilt facing left, and the left hand straight at his face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 27.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant needs to be under the step of the right foot to disengage his sword under the Provost's sword hilt, and to throw again either a high reversal or high thrust for the second counter and continuation of his choice on the right side, keeping the nails on sword hilt facing left, and the left hand straight at his face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 27.
  
 
''The end of the second counter for this Lieutenant on the second strike.''
 
''The end of the second counter for this Lieutenant on the second strike.''
  
''Declaratoion of the second counter for the defending Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''Declaration of the second counter for the defending Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this the said Prevost needs to also be under the right foot and that he crosses and strikes down with the strong on the weak of the sword of the said attacking Lieutenant, which is the second continuation, keeping the sword hilt and fingertips down, and presenting a thust to his left nipple, also keeing the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 28.
+
And to do this the Provost needs to also be under the right foot and that he crosses and strikes down with the strong on weak of the attacking Lieutenant's sword, which is the second continuation, keeping the sword hilt and fingertips down, and presenting a thust to his left nipple, and also keeping the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 28.
  
''Here is the end of the second counter for the Prevost starting with low backhand at the knee of the Lieutenant, then defended and cut at the arms by the Prevost, as shown at length with the portraitures above the strikes.''
+
''This is the end of the second counter for the Provost starting with low reversal at the Lieutenant's knee, then defended and cut at the arms by the Provost, as shown at length with the portraitures above the strikes.''
  
And if some Lieutenants or Prevosts are left-handed, they must observe the same step, guard, and placement, if they want to be good and perfect to demonstrate the said fencing.
+
And if some Lieutenants or Provosts are left-handed, they must observe the same step, guard, and placement, if they want to be good and perfect to demonstrate fencing.
  
 
| ''Declaration de la seconde opposite dudit second coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Declaration de la seconde opposite dudit second coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 1,102: Line 1,176:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 29-30.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 29-30.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following guard and position of the third strike, which is a high right-hand for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following guard and position of the third strike, which is a high right-hand for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this the said Lieutenant needs to have done the said steps and drawings, and having remained on the left foot in low guard, keeping the sword hand and the edge down and the point placing a bit above the braies of the Prevost, keeping also this said Lieutenant's left hand right of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 29 behind the hat.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant needs to have done the steps and drawings, and having remained on the left foot in low guard, keeping the sword hand and the cutting edge down and the point placing a bit above the Provost's braies, keeping also this Lieutenant's left hand right of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 29 behind the hat.
  
''End of the guard and position for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''End of the guard and position for the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the guard and position of the said third strike for the said defending Prevost.''
+
''The following is the guard and position of the third strike for the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must also be on the left foot having done the said step, and having remained on the left foot in high guard, keeping the sword hilt and the back of the hand up, and let the sword be flat so that it can remain high there, otherwise such guard would be imperfect, and it must place the point of the sword straight at the left eye, which is the high guard and keeping the left hand right of the stomach, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 30.
+
And to do this, the Provost must also be on the left foot having done the step, and having remained on the left foot in high guard, keeping the sword hilt and the back of the hand up, and let the sword be flat so that it can remain high there, otherwise such guard would be imperfect, and he must place the sword point straight at the left eye, which is the high guard and keeping the left hand right of the stomach, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 30.
  
''Here is the end of the guard and position for the Prevost in order to execute and defend against the said third strike of the sword alone from the said Lieutenant''
+
''This is the end of the guard and position for the Provost in order to execute and defend against the third strike of the sword alone from the Lieutenant''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la garde & tenue du troisiesme coup, qui est un maindroit d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit la garde & tenue du troisiesme coup, qui est un maindroit d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,128: Line 1,202:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 31-32.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 31-32.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The third strike of the sword alone for the Lieutenant and the Prevost is a high right-hand that follows the section of the said clean targets.''
+
| ''The third strike of the sword alone for the Lieutenant and the Provost is a high right-hand that follows the section of the distinct targets.''
  
And to do this, the said  attacking Lieutenant who is demonstrating this must, as have been said in many places, be as stated on the step of the left foot, as marked above at the portraiture of the said Lieutenant, not this one but the other marked number 29. And to do this said third strike, which is a high right-hand on the left shoulder of the said Prevost, the said Lieutenant must advance the right foot and throw a right-hand at the left shoulder of the said defending Prevost, keeping the sword hand up<ref>The position of the hand illustrates the fingers down, in opposition to the text.</ref>, and his left hand right of the chin as shown above at the portraiture marked number 31.
+
And to do this, the attacking Lieutenant demonstrating this must, as have been stated many times, be on the step of the left foot as marked above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant, not this one but the other marked number 29. And to do this third strike, which is a high right-hand at the Provost's left shoulder, the Lieutenant must advance the right foot and throw a right-hand at the defending Provost's left shoulder, keeping the sword hand up<ref>The position of the hand illustrates the fingers down, in opposition to the text.</ref>, and his left hand right of the chin as shown above at the portraiture marked number 31.
  
''Hereafter is the declaration and defense of the said third strike which is a high right-hand thrown by the said attacker and defended by the said Prevost.''
+
''Next is the declaration and defense of the third strike which is a high right-hand thrown by the attacker and defended by the Provost.''
  
And to do this the said Prevost needs to be on the step of the left foot, having done one of the said three drawings in high guard, as shown in the figure of the said defending Prevost marked number 30. And to do execute and defend well against the high right-hand of the third strike, the Prevost, following the section of the true teachings of the sword alone, must pull the left foot back, cross the sword of the said attacking Lieutenant with strong on weak, that is to say from the hilt near the middle of the sword of the said Lieutenant, keeping the hand on the sword, the nails high, placing and throwing a thrust straight at the chin of the said Lieutenant, and keeping the left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked 32.
+
And to do this the Provost needs to be on the step of the left foot, having made one of the three drawings in high guard, as shown in the figure of the defending Provost marked number 30. And to effectively execute and defend against the high right-hand of the third strike, the Provost following the section of the true teachings of the sword alone, must pull the left foot back, cross the sword of the attacking Lieutenant with strong on weak, that is to say from the hilt to near the middle of the Lieutenant's sword, keeping the nails of the sword hand up, throwing a thrust straight at the Lieutenant's chin, and keeping the left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked 32.
  
''The end of the said third strike fro the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the third strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Le troisiesme coup de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent & Prevost est un maindroit d’hault suivant l’ordre des susdits lieux propres.''
 
| ''Le troisiesme coup de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent & Prevost est un maindroit d’hault suivant l’ordre des susdits lieux propres.''
Line 1,150: Line 1,224:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 33-34.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 33-34.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation for the Lieutenant and the Prevost, for the said third strike of the sword alone.''
+
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation for the Lieutenant and the Provost, for the third strike of the sword alone.''
  
To do this first counter and continuation for the said third strike well, which is a high right-hand the said Lieutenant must be under the right foot having thrown the said right-hand against the Prevost, as shown in the figure and portraiture number 31 above. And in an instant in order to execute and make the first counter and continuation well the said Lieutenant must steal away his sword in passing a back-hand below the sword hilt of the Prevost, and throw a backhand or a back-hand high at the left shoulder of the Prevost, as shown above in the figure of the said Lieutenant, marked number 33.
+
To do this first counter and continuation for the third strike effectively, which is a high right-hand the Lieutenant must be under the right foot having thrown the right-hand against the Provost, as shown in the figure and portraiture number 31 above. And in an instant in order to execute and make the first counter and continuation effectively the Lieutenant must disengage his sword in passing a back-hand below the Provost's sword hilt, and throw a high reversal or high back-hand at the Provost's left shoulder, as shown above in the figure of the Lieutenant, marked number 33.
  
 
''The end of the counter and continuation of the third strike for the Lieutenant.''
 
''The end of the counter and continuation of the third strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation of the said third strike for the Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation of the third strike for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, this said Prevost must be on the right foot. And when the said Lieutenant steals away and passes his sword underneath the Prevost to throw a back-hand at his right side of the sword, the Prevost holding firm on the right foot to defend this continuation will cross his sword on the sword of the said attacking Lieutenant, strong on weak, as defined above many places at the other counters and continuations, keeping the nails on the hand keeping the sword down, presenting a thrust at the stomach of the said Lieutenant, and also keeping his left hand right of his nipple, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 34.
+
And to do this, this Provost must be on the right foot. And when the Lieutenant disengage and passes his sword underneath the Provost to throw a back-hand at his right side of the sword, the Provost holding firm on the right foot to defend this continuation will cross his sword on the attacking Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, as defined above many times at the other counters and continuations, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, presenting a thrust at the Lieutenant's stomach, and also keeping his left hand right of his nipple, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 34.
  
''The end of the first counter of the said third strike for the Prevost.''
+
''The end of the first counter of the third strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour ledit troisiesme coup de l’espée seule.''
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour ledit troisiesme coup de l’espée seule.''
Line 1,176: Line 1,250:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 35-36.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 35-36.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The second counter and continuation of the said third strike for the Lieutenant and the Prevost.''
+
| ''The second counter and continuation of the third strike for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
  
And to do this second counter and continuation well of the said third strike for the said Lieutenant, the Lieutenant must be with on the right foot and with the sword of the Lieutenant having backhanded, with the step of the same right foot, he will pass and steal away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost and throw the second counter and continuation with a fore-hand on the left shoulder of the Prevost, keeping the nails on the sword hand facing left and the left hand on the face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 35.
+
And to effectively do the second counter and continuation of the third strike for the Lieutenant, the Lieutenant must be on the right foot and with the Lieutenant sword having reversaled, with the step of the same right foot, he will pass and disengage his sword below the Provost's sword hilt and throw the second counter and continuation with a fore-hand<re>read: right-hand</ref> on the Provost's left shoulder, keeping the nails on the sword hand facing left and the left hand right of the face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 35.
  
''The end of the second counter and continuation of the said third strike for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the second counter and continuation of the third strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Hereafter will show and declare the second and last counter and continuation of the said third strike for the Prevost.''
+
''Next will show and declare the second and last counter and continuation of the third strike for the Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must step as mentioned above, which is on the right foot, and to defend himself from that said counter or continuation, the said Prevost must cross the sword of the said attacking Lieutenant near the hilt, a bit higher than the middle of the sword of the said Lieutenant with strong on weak, keeping the sword hilt and the nails on its hand up, presenting a thrust to the face of the said Lieutenant, and also keeping the said Prevost's left hand right on his nipple as shown above at the said portraiture marked number 36 behind his back.
+
And to do this, the Provost must step as mentioned above, which is on the right foot, and to defend himself from that counter or continuation, the Provost must cross the attacking Lieutenant's sword near the hilt to a bit higher than the Lieutenant's middle of the sword with strong on weak, keeping the sword hilt and the nails holding it up, presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, and also keeping the Provost's left hand right of his nipple as shown above at the portraiture marked number 36 behind his back.
  
''Here is the end of the second and last counter of the said third strike, which is a high right-hand for the said Lieutenant marked 35, and defended by the said Prevost marked 36.
+
''This is the end of the second and last counter of the third strike, which is a high right-hand for the Lieutenant marked 35, and defended by the Provost marked 36.
  
 
| ''Seconde opposite & suitte dudit troisiesme coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Seconde opposite & suitte dudit troisiesme coup pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 1,202: Line 1,276:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 37-38.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 37-38.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the declaration, guard, and positioning of the fourth cut, which is a high backhand next on this section of the said sword alone for the Lieutenant and Prevost, and everything that must be done.''
+
| ''The following is the declaration, guard, and positioning of the fourth cut, which is a high reversal on this section of the sword alone for the Lieutenant and the Provost, and everything that must be done.''
  
And to do this, the Lieutenant must have the feet together to first make one of the said two drawings as said, and here is where the said Lieutenant places his right foot, which demonstrates the difference from where the left foot is placed, and the said Lieutenant keeps the sword hilt on the right lap in low guard placing the point of the sword straight at the lap of the Prevost, keeping the left hand opposite of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture and figure of the said Lieutenant, marked in number 37.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant must have the feet together to first make one of the two drawings as stated, and here is where the Lieutenant places his right foot, which demonstrates the difference from where the left foot is placed, and the Lieutenant keeps the sword hilt upon the right lap in low guard placing the sword point straight at the Provost's lap, keeping the left hand opposite of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture and figure of the Lieutenant, marked in number 37.
  
''Here is the end of the position and guard for the attacking Lieutenant, which is to begin to throw the fourth strike.''
+
''This is the end of the position and guard for the attacking Lieutenant, which is to begin to throw the fourth strike.''
  
Following also the reasoning of the portraiture and positioning for the said defending Prevost, who after having made one of the said three drawings the said Prevost also remains on the step of the right foot in middle guard, keeping the sword hilt straight higher than the right shoulder, placing the point of the sword at the left nipple of the said Lieutenant, and keeping the left hand right of his stomach, as shown above at the portraiture marked in number 38.
+
The following is also the reason of the portraiture and the position for the defending Provost, who after having made one of the three drawings the Provost has also remained on the step of the right foot in middle guard, keeping the sword hilt straight and higher than the right shoulder, placing the sword point at the Lieutenant's left nipple, and keeping the left hand right of his stomach, as shown above at the portraiture marked in number 38.
  
''Here is the end of the guard for the said Lieutenant for throwing the fourth strike against the Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the guard for the Lieutenant for throwing the fourth strike against the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la declaration, garde & tenue du quatriesme coup, qui est un renvers d’hault suivant l’ordre de ceste dicte espée seule pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, & de tout ce qu’il faut qu’ils fassent.''
 
| ''Sensuit la declaration, garde & tenue du quatriesme coup, qui est un renvers d’hault suivant l’ordre de ceste dicte espée seule pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, & de tout ce qu’il faut qu’ils fassent.''
Line 1,224: Line 1,298:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 39-40.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 39-40.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''This will show and declare the fourth strike of the sword alone, which is a high backhand, multiplied for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''This will show and declare the fourth strike of the sword alone, which is a high reversal, multiplied for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to execute it, the said Lieutenant must be on the right foot, advances the left foot, and throws a backhand on the right shoulder of the Prevost, pretending to throw a thrust to his face, keeping the left hand right of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 39.
+
And to execute it, the Lieutenant must be on the right foot, advances the left foot, and throws a reversal on the Provost's right shoulder, pretending to throw a thrust to his face, keeping the left hand right of his chin, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 39.
  
''Here is the end of the fourth strike for the Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the fourth strike for the Lieutenant.''
  
Next is the defense of the said fourth strike for the defending Prevost, which is a high backhand thrown by the said agressive Lieutenant. And to do this, the said Prevost is to be on the right foot in middle guard, as shown above at the portraiture and figure number 38, and he must pull his right foot back and cross his sword at the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, on the said backhand, which is the fourth strike thrown by the said Lieutenant, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and therefore the back of the hand up, and presents a thrust at the said Lieutenant, also keeping the left hand right on his shoulder, as shown above at the portraituremarked number 40 behind the collar.
+
Next is the defense of the fourth strike for the defending Provost, which is a high reversal thrown by the agressive Lieutenant. And to do this, the Provost is to be on the right foot in middle guard, as shown above at the portraiture and figure number 38, and he must pull his right foot back and cross his sword at the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, on the reversal, which is the fourth strike thrown by the Lieutenant, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and therefore the back of the hand up, and presents a thrust at the Lieutenant, also keeping the left hand right on his shoulder, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 40 behind the collar.
  
''Here is the end of the said fourth strike for the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the fourth strike for the defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Cy aprés sera monstré & declaré le quatriesme coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un renvers d’hault, estant multiplié pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Cy aprés sera monstré & declaré le quatriesme coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un renvers d’hault, estant multiplié pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,247: Line 1,321:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 41-42.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 41-42.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the said fourth strike for the attacking Lieutenent against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the fourth strike for the attacking Lieutenent against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this Lieutenant must remain on the step of the left foot and at the same instance that he throws the said high backhand, he steal away his sword below the Prevost's and throws a high right-hand at the said Prevost as the first counter, being as said on the left foot, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his chest, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 40.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant must remain on the step of the left foot and at the same instance that he throws the high reversal, he diengages his sword below the Provost's and throws a high right-hand at the Provost as the first counter, being as stated on the left foot, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his chest, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 40.
  
 
''The end of the first counter for the demonstrating Lieutenant.''
 
''The end of the first counter for the demonstrating Lieutenant.''
  
''Here is the defense of the first counter of the fourth strike for the Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the defense of the first counter of the fourth strike for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, this said Prevost must be on the step of the left foot and when the said Lieutenant throws a high right-hand at him, in order to counter the Prevost needs to cross and beat down at the same time, and without a moment to waste, be the strong on weak, turning the fingernails on the sword hilt up to present a thrust at the throat or the eyes of the said Lieutenant, keeping the left hand right of his nipple as shown above at the portraiture marked number 42.
+
And to do this, this Provost must be on the step of the left foot and when the Lieutenant throws a high right-hand at him, in order to counter the Provost needs to cross and beat down the Lieutenant's sword at the same time, and without a moment to waste, be strong on weak, turning the fingernails on the sword hilt up to present a thrust at the Lieutenant's throat or eyes, keeping the left hand right of his nipple as shown above at the portraiture marked number 42.
  
''Here is the defense of the first counter, derived from the said fourth strike for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the defense of the first counter, derived from the fourth strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit quatriesme coup pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit quatriesme coup pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,273: Line 1,347:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 43-44.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 43-44.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the second and last counter for the said fourth strike, which is a high backhand, and will also begin on the left foot for this attacking Lieutenant and defended by this Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the second and last counter for the fourth strike, which is a high reversal, and will also begin on the left foot for this attacking Lieutenant and defended by this Provost.''
  
And to do this this Lieutenant in order to execute the second counter well must, without leaving where he's currently planted which is on the left foot, steal away the sword below the Prevost's and throw a high backhand, which is the proper strike, keeping the sword hand high and the left hand right of the chin, as is shown above at the said portraiture and figure marked number 43 behind the bonnet.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant in order to execute the second counter effectively must, without leaving where he is currently planted which is on the left foot, disengages the sword below the Provost's and throw a high reversal, which is the proper strike, keeping the sword hand up and the left hand right of the chin, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 43 behind the bonnet.
  
''After having declared the second counter by the said attacking Lieutenant, stay to treat and declare the second counter for the defending Prevost.''
+
''After having declared the second counter by the attacking Lieutenant, stay to perform and declare the second counter for the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the Prevost must be on the left foot and at the same time without a moment to waste after having thrown and defended the said first counter and continuation, he then returns to the cross and beat down the second counter which is the high backhand of the said Lieutenant, and also must be strong on weak, keeping the nails of the sword hand down, and presenting a thrust at his neck, keeping the left hand below the sword arm as shown next to this writing at the said portraiture and figure marked number 44.
+
And to do this, the Provost must be on the left foot, and at the same time without a moment to waste after having thrown and defended the first counter and continuation, return to cross and beat down the second counter which is the high Lieutenant's reversal, and also must be strong on weak, keeping the nails of the sword hand down, and presenting a thrust to his neck, keeping the left hand below the sword arm as shown next to this writing at the portraiture and figure marked number 44.
  
''Here is the end of the defense of the second counter of the said fourth strike for the Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the defense of the second counter of the fourth strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit cy aprés la seconde & derniere opposite dudit quatiresme coup, qui est un renvers d’hault, & sera aussi maintenant sur le pied gauche pour ceste opposite, pour ce present Lieutenent assaillant, & deffendue aussi par ce present Prevost.''
 
| ''Sensuit cy aprés la seconde & derniere opposite dudit quatiresme coup, qui est un renvers d’hault, & sera aussi maintenant sur le pied gauche pour ceste opposite, pour ce present Lieutenent assaillant, & deffendue aussi par ce present Prevost.''
Line 1,295: Line 1,369:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 45-46.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 45-46.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the position and guard for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Prevost to execute and throw a high thrust which is the fifth strike.''
+
| ''The following is the position and guard for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Provost to execute and throw a high thrust which is the fifth strike.''
  
And to do this the Lieutenant is to have the feet together as stated in the said first plan, which is necessary for doing the first low guard well, he then pulls the right foot back while drawing the sword, and to carry the guard on the left lap, the sharp edge down, placing the point straight more or less at the braies, also keeping the left hand right of the nipples as shown above at this portraiture of the said Lieutenant marked number 45 behind the top of the collar.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant is to have the feet together as stated in the first plan, which is necessary for doing the first low guard effectively, he then pulls the right foot back while drawing the sword, to carry the hilt right of the left lap, cutting edge down, placing the point straight more or less at the braies, and also keeping the left hand right of the nipples as shown above at this portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 45 behind the top of the collar.
  
''Here is the end of the guard and position to make the said fifth strike for the sword alone, following the section for the Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the guard and position to make the fifth strike for the sword alone, following the section for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Next is declared the guard and position for this said Prevost to defend himself from the said fifth strike which is the thrust thrown by the Lieutenant.''
+
''Next is declared the guard and position for this Provost to defend himself from the fifth strike which is the thrust thrown by the Lieutenant.''
  
And to di this, the said Prevost is to also have the feet together to do this said guard and position, he then must pull his right foot back and do one of the three drawings, and to carry the sword hilt a bit higher than the right shoulder to be in high guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the point of the sword at the mouth of the said Lieutenant, also keeping the left hand right of the chest as shown and can be seen above at the said portraiture marked number 46.
+
And to do this the Provost is to also have the feet together to do this guard and position, he then must pull his right foot back and do one of the three drawings and carry the sword hilt a bit higher than the right shoulder to be in high guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the sword point at the Lieutenant's mouth, and also keeping the left hand right of the chest as shown and can be seen above at the portraiture marked number 46.
  
''Here is the end of the position and guard for this said Prevost to defend and guard himself from the said thrust, the fifth strike, thrown by the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the position and guard for this Provost to defend and guard himself from the thrust, the fifth strike, thrown by the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la tenue & garde pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant, pour executer, & tirer un estoc d’haut, pour le cinquiesme coup.''
 
| ''Sensuit la tenue & garde pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant, pour executer, & tirer un estoc d’haut, pour le cinquiesme coup.''
Line 1,321: Line 1,395:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 47-48.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 47-48.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the fifth strike which is a high thrust with the right-hand, this subsequent section of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the fifth strike which is a high thrust with the right-hand, following the section of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the left foot as shown above at the other portraiture marked 45, then advances the right foot and throws a thrust at the nipples of the Prevost, turning the nails sword hilt up and the left hand right of his face as apparently shown by this writing for the said portraiture, marked number 47 behind the back of the head.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the left foot as shown above at the other portraiture marked 45, then advances the right foot and throws a thrust at the Provost's nipples, turning the nails and sword hilt up and the left hand right of his face as apparently shown by this writing for the portraiture, marked number 47 behind the back of the head.
  
''Here is the fifth strike fo the sword alone, thrown by the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the fifth strike fo the sword alone, thrown by the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the defense for the said fifth strike, which is a high thrust, made from a high right-hand by the defending Prevost against the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the defense for the fifth strike, which is a high thrust, made from a high right-hand by the defending Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must be on the right foot, then pulls the left foot back, beats down and crosses the sword of the said Lieutenant with his own, strong on weak, which is to say to be near the middle guard, with the point of the sword a bit higher, the nails up, presenting a thrust at the said Lieutenant straight at his face, keeping the left hand of the said Prevost right of his left nipple, as shown by the portraiture and figure marked number 48 above. And if the said Prevost is left-handed and the said right-handed Lieutenant shoots a thrust at him, he must advance the right forward, and cross the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak as can be seen by the example and exercise against a left-hander. It is true that if the Prevost is left-handed, the said Lieutenant or whoever must adapt to the left-handed Prevost to teach him, that is to say that he needs to be left-handed and make the first step be with the feet together and pulls the left foot on the footprint marked at the first portraitures 4, and leaves the footprint marked 1, strange as it seems and in its place.
+
And to do this, the Provost must be on the right foot, then pulls the left foot back, beats down and crosses the Lieutenant's sword with his own, strong on weak, which is to say to be near the middle guard, with the sword point a bit higher, the nails up, presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant straight to his face, and keeping the Provost's left hand right of his left nipple, as shown by the portraiture and figure marked number 48 above. And if the Provost is left-handed and the right-handed Lieutenant shoots a thrust at him, he must advance the right forward, and cross the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak as can be seen by the example and exercise against a left-hander. It is true that if the Provost is left-handed, the Lieutenant or whoever must adapt to the left-handed Provost to teach him, that is to say that he needs to be left-handed and make the first step be with the feet together and pulls the left foot on the footprint marked at the first portraitures 4, and leaves the footprint marked 1, strange as it seems.
  
''The end and declaration of the said fifth strike for the said Lieutenant and the Prevost when one or the other is left-handed.
+
''The end and declaration of the fifth strike for the Lieutenant and the Provost when one or the other is left-handed.
  
 
| ''Sensuit le cinquiesme coup, qui est un estoc d’hault sur le maindroit, suivant l’ordre de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit le cinquiesme coup, qui est un estoc d’hault sur le maindroit, suivant l’ordre de ceste espée seule pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,347: Line 1,421:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 49-50.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 49-50.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the said fifth strike which is the high thrust thrown by the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost here.''
+
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the fifth strike which is the high thrust thrown by the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Lieutenant must be on the step of the right foot to do this counter and continuation a little after he has thrown the said thrust, the fifth strike with the right-hand, the said Lieutenant steals away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost that he throws at this Lieutenant, for the first counter and continuation another on the backhand, which is on the right side of the Prevost, keeping the left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 49. And if the said Lieutenant is left-handed, he must throw the strike at the opposite of what is described, holding the opposite step of the said counter and continuation, that is to say that if the said Lieutenant throws a right-handed backhand, the Prevost if left-handed would have to beat it down with a right-hand<ref>The technique.</ref> using his left hand.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant must be on the step of the right foot to do this counter and continuation a little after he has thrown the thrust, the fifth strike with the right-hand, the Lieutenant disengages his sword below the Provost's sword hilt that he has thrown at this Lieutenant, for the first counter and continuation another on the reversal, which is on the Provost's right side, keeping the left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 49. And if the Lieutenant is left-handed, he must throw the strike at the opposite of what is described, holding the opposite step of the counter and continuation, that is to say that if the Lieutenant throws a right-handed reversal, the Provost if left-handed would have to beat it down with a right-hand using his left hand.
  
''The end of the counter for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the counter for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Hereafter will be declared the defense of the first counter and continuation of the said fifth strike for the said Prevost against the agressive Lieutenant.''
+
''Next will be declared the defense of the first counter and continuation of the fifth strike for the Provost against the agressive Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost is to also be on the right foot while the said Lieutenant steals away his sword to throw at him the first counter which is a high thrust on the right. The said Prevost seeing this, being on his right foot crosses his sword on that of the said Lieutenant with strong on weak, keeping the back of the sword hand up and presenting a thrust to his neck, keeping the left hand right of his left nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 50.
+
And to do this, the Provost is to also be on the right foot while the Lieutenant disengages his sword to throw the first counter at him which is a high thrust on the right. The Provost seeing this, being on his right foot crosses his sword on that of the Lieutenant with strong on weak, keeping the back of the sword hand up and presenting a thrust to his neck, keeping the left hand right of his left nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 50.
  
''Here  is the end of the said counter for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the counter for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit cinquiesme coup, qui est sur l’estoc d’hault, tiré par le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant que voicy.''
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit cinquiesme coup, qui est sur l’estoc d’hault, tiré par le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant que voicy.''
Line 1,373: Line 1,447:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 51-52.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 51-52.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation of the said fifth strike fo the sword alone, which is a high thrust for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation of the fifth strike fo the sword alone, which is a high thrust for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Provost.''
  
In order to declare and understand the said second counter and continuation for this Lieutenant well, he must be on the step of the right foot, as he has been when he threw the said fifth strike, the high thrust, passing his sword to steal away on the back-hand below the sword hilt of the Prevost, and in an instant the said Lieutenant for the second continuation throws again his choice of a high thrust or high right-hand on the left side of the defending Prevost, keeping the back of the sword hand down, the nails up, and the keeping left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 51.
+
In order to declare and understand the second counter and continuation for this Lieutenant effectively, he must be on the step of the right foot, as he had been when he threw the fifth strike, the high thrust, passing his sword to disengage the back-hand below the Provost's sword hilt, and in an instant the Lieutenant for the second continuation throws again his choice of a high thrust or high right-hand at the defending Provost's left side, keeping the back of the sword hand down, the nails up, and the keeping left hand right of the nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 51.
  
''The end of the second counter for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the second counter for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Hereafter is declared the protection and defense of the second counter of the said fifth strike, which is to guard this said Prevost further against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''Next is declared the protection and defense of the second counter of the fifth strike, which is to guard this Provost further against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost needs to be on the step of the right foot, cross and beat down the sword of the said attacking Lieutenant, strong on weak, on the right-hand otherwise called the fore-hand, and by this means will defend and ward the said Prevost from the said second counter and continuation, thrown by the said Lieutenant, and when all is done the said Prevost will present a thrust at the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the sword hilt and the nails on the hand holding it up, and the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at this portraiture marked number 52 behind his hat.
+
And to do this, the Provost needs to be on the step of the right foot, cross and beat down the attacking Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, on the right-hand otherwise called the fore-hand, and by this means will defend and ward the Provost from the second counter and continuation, thrown by the Lieutenant, and when all is done the Provost will present a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the sword hilt and the nails on the hand holding it up, and the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at this portraiture marked number 52 behind his hat.
  
''The end of the second counter and continuation of the said fifth strike, which is a high thrust with the right-hand, defended by the said Prevost against the said demonstrating Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the second counter and continuation of the fifth strike, which is a high thrust with the right-hand, defended by the Provost against the demonstrating Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite & suitte dudit cinquiesme coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un estoc d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite & suitte dudit cinquiesme coup de ceste espée seule, qui est un estoc d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & pour le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,400: Line 1,474:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 53-54.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 53-54.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Here is the guard and position of the Lieutenant and the Prevost for the sixth strike the thrust, multiplied at the sixth clean target on the defender.''
+
| ''This is the guard and position of the Lieutenant and the Provost for the sixth strike the thrust, multiplied at the sixth distinct target on the defender.''
  
One must declare this next guard and position to make and execute the thrust, which is the sixth and last strike and target, being as said multiplied in several strikes and counters of the sword alone above. And this is multiplied on the right side. One could begin to pull the left foot but will have to multiply the strikes, or execute them with a feint. But to begin this said guard by the said Lieutenant the said sixth strike, he will hold himself on the right foot in middle guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the point of the sword straight at the eyes of the Prevost, and the keeping left hand right of the chin, as shown at the portraiture marked number 53 behind the collar.
+
One must declare this next guard and position to make and execute the thrust, which is the sixth and last strike and target, being as stated multiplied in several strikes and counters of the sword alone above. And this is multiplied on the right side. One could begin to pull the left foot but will have to multiply the strikes, or execute them with a feint. But to begin this guard by the Lieutenant the sixth strike, he will keep himself on the right foot in middle guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the sword point straight at the Provost's eyes, and the keeping the left hand right of the chin, as shown at the portraiture marked number 53 behind the collar.
  
One must note for left-handers to defend this said high thrust well, it is necessary that he holds on the left foot and crosses the sword with strong on weak for defense, as will be seen after the subsequent strike.
+
One must note for left-handers to defend this high thrust effectively, it is necessary that he keeps the left foot and crosses the sword with strong on weak for defense, as will be seen after the subsequent strike.
  
''The end and declaration fo the position and guard by the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The end and declaration fo the position and guard by the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is the declaration of the guard and position for the said Prevost, to prepare to defend from the said high thrust, which will be thrown after by the Lieutenant against the Prevost, the sixth and last strike being mulitplied as said at the sixth target.''
+
''The following is the declaration of the guard and position for the Provost, to prepare to defend from the high thrust, which will be thrown after by the Lieutenant against the Provost, the sixth and last strike being mulitplied as stated at the sixth target.''
  
This said guard and position for the Prevost is, which must be on the right foot like the said Lieutenant, how much one can keep on the left foot, and advance the right foot, but at the last strike and target being mulitplied, we will treat the guard which is done being on the right foot. To do this, the said Prevost will be on the right foot in low guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, placing the point of the sword straight at the stomach of the said Lieutenant, and keeping his left hand fight of the nipple, as we could see above at the portraiture and figure marked number 54 near the plume of the bonnet.
+
This guard and position for the Provost, which must be on the right foot like the Lieutenant, is how one can keep on the left foot and advance the right foot, but at the last strike and target being multiplied, we will perform the guard which is being done on the right foot. To do this, the Provost will be on the right foot in low guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, placing the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's stomach, and keeping his left hand right of the nipple, as we can see above at the portraiture and figure marked number 54 near the plume of the bonnet.
  
One must note that all the left-handed who follow the instrucion that I put, both for the Lieutenant and also the Prevost must make the opposite step, and similarly the drawings, and the strikes are also the opposite of right-handers, and those who strive to follow these said reasons will improve. Because experience will make them improve.
+
One must note that all left-handers who follow the instruction that I put, both for the Lieutenant and also the Provost must make the opposite step, and similarly the drawings and the strikes are also the opposite of right-handers, and those who strive to follow these reasons will improve. Because experience will make them improve.
  
''Here is the end of the said position and guard for the Prevost, to defend himself from the sixth strike, which will be next by the demonstrating Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of the position and guard for the Provost to defend himself from the sixth strike, which had been thrown by the demonstrating Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Voicy la garde & tenue du Lieutenent & Prevost pour l’estoc sixiesme coup, estant multiplié au sixiesme lieu propre sur le deffendeur.''
 
| ''Voicy la garde & tenue du Lieutenent & Prevost pour l’estoc sixiesme coup, estant multiplié au sixiesme lieu propre sur le deffendeur.''
Line 1,434: Line 1,508:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 55-56.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 55-56.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the sixth and last strike and target of the sword to be multiplied, which is a high thrust on the backhand thrown by the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the sixth and last strike and target of the sword to be multiplied, which is a high thrust on the reversal thrown by the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the said guard and said step shown above at the portraiture marked number 53. This Lieutenant being on the right foot as said, will make a pretend thrust at the left side of the Prevost on the said right foot, and in an instant will advance the left foot, stealing away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost, and throwing a thrust at his right, keeping the sword hilt and the fingertips on the hand holding it facing left, and keeping the left hand right on his left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 55 behind the collar of the said Lieutenant.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the guard and step shown above at the portraiture marked number 53. This Lieutenant being on the right foot as stated will pretend to make a thrust at the Provost's left side on the right foot, and in an instant will advance the left foot, disengaging his sword below the Provost's sword hilt, and throwing a thrust at his right, keeping the sword hilt and the fingertips on the hand holding it facing left, and keeping the left hand right of his left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 55 behind the collar of the Lieutenant.
  
''The end and declaration of the said sixth and last strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The end and declaration of the sixth and last strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
''After having treated the sixth and last strike of the sword alone for the said attacking Lieutenant, also stay to treat the defense of it for the defending Prevost.''
+
''After having performed the sixth and last strike of the sword alone for the attacking Lieutenant, also stay to perform the defense of it for the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost is to be on the right foot, as shown at the said portraiture being on his guard marked number 54, throwing it back and crossing his sword on the sword of the attacking Lieutenant, beating down and defending the said thrust with strong on weak, defining again strong on weak, which is that he must cross all strikes near the sword hilt at the middle of the sword of the enemy, and that is the strong on weak, and doing this the said Prevost will present a thrust at the chest of the said attacking Lieutenant, keeping the back of the sword hand up and the left hand below the sword elbow, as shown above at the portraiture marked 56.
+
And to do this, the Provost is to be on the right foot as shown at the portraiture being on his guard marked number 54, pulling it back and crossing his sword on the attacking Lieutenant's sword, beating down and defending the thrust with strong on weak - defining again strong on weak which is that he must cross all strikes near the sword hilt at the middle of the enemy's sword - and in doing this the Provost will present a thrust to the attacking Lieutenant's chest, keeping the back of the sword hand up and the left hand below the sword elbow, as shown above at the portraiture marked 56.
  
''The end and the declaration of the defense of the sixth and last strike for the said defending Prevost against the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The end and the declaration of the defense of the sixth and last strike for the defending Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit le sixiesme & dernier coup & lieu de ceste espée seule, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault sur le renvers tiré par le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit le sixiesme & dernier coup & lieu de ceste espée seule, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault sur le renvers tiré par le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,460: Line 1,534:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 57-58.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 57-58.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the said sixth and last strike being multiplied, which is a high thrust for the attacking Lieutenant and defended by the Prevost.
+
| ''The following is the first counter and continuation of the sixth and last strike being multiplied, which is a high thrust for the attacking Lieutenant and defended by the Provost.
  
''Here is shown by the author Henry d S. Didier what the said Lieutenant must do to attack the Prevost well with the last strike and target of the said sword alone, following the art and order of this.''
+
''This is shown by the author Henry d S. Didier what the Lieutenant must do to effectively attack the Provost with the last strike and target of the sword alone, following the art and order of this.''
  
And to do this, the said Lieutenant is to be on the left foot, having thrown the sixth strike as shown above at the portraiture marked number 55. His sword being on the back-hand and to make and execute the first counter well, this Lieutenant will steal away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost, and throws at him a thrust on the right-hand for the first counter, turning the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his face, to protect against the point of the sword of the Prevost as shown above a the portraiture and figure marked number 57 behind the collar of the said Lieutenant.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant is to be on the left foot, having thrown the sixth strike as shown above at the portraiture marked number 55. His sword being on the back-hand and to execute the first counter effectively, this Lieutenant will disengage his sword below the Provost's sword hilt, and will throw at him a thrust on the right-hand for the first counter, turning the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his face, to protect against the Provost's sword point as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 57 behind the collar of the Lieutenant.
  
''The end of the first counter and continuation of the sixth strike and target for the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The end of the first counter and continuation of the sixth strike and target for the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
''Here is the defense of the first counter and continuation for the said Prevost of the said sixth strike, which is a high thrust being multiplied and thrown by the said attacking Lieutenant and defended by the Prevost, as will be seen by the writings after the said author directs and teaches, as it should be defended from the said thrust.''
+
''This is the defense of the first counter and continuation for the Provost of the sixth strike, which is a high thrust being multiplied and thrown by the attacking Lieutenant and defended by the Provost, as will be seen by the writings after the author directs and teaches, as it should be defended from the thrust.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must remain firm and stable on the step of the left foot, and for the defense and conservation fo the said counter, which will be a thrust the Prevost will cross on his sword on the sword of the said Lieutenant with strong on weak coming from the side of a right-hand, carrying the nails on the sword hand up and presenting a thrust at the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping also the left hand of the said Prevost right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked 58.
+
And to do this, the Provost must remain firm and stable on the step of the left foot, and for the defense and conservation of the counter, which will be a thrust the Provost will cross his sword on the Lieutenant's sword with strong on weak coming from the side of a right-hand, carrying the nails on the sword hand up and presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping also the Provost's left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked 58.
  
''Here is the end and defense of the first counter and continuation of the sixth and last strike for the said defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end and defense of the first counter and continuation of the sixth and last strike for the defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit sixiesme & dernier coup, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & deffendu par le Prevost que voicy.''
 
| ''Sensuit la premiere opposite & suitte dudit sixiesme & dernier coup, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault pour le Lieutenent assaillant, & deffendu par le Prevost que voicy.''
Line 1,490: Line 1,564:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 59-60.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 59-60.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Here is the second and last counter and continuation of the said sixth strike being multiplied, which is a high thrust on the backhand, coming from the said thrust on the right-hand of the Lieutenant executed against the Prevost.''
+
| ''This is the second and last counter and continuation of the sixth strike being multiplied, which is a high thrust on the reversal, coming from the thrust on the Lieutenant's right-hand executed against the Provost.''
  
And to do this, this said Lieutenant must be on the left foot and his sword at the first counter, which is a right-hand or thrust, as shown at the portraiture marked 57. And to execute the second and last counter for the Lieutenant, he must steal away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost and throw another thrust on the said back-hand, keeping the back of the sword hand up, his left hand right of the face to defend against the sword point of the Prevost if in case he drives it more forward, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 59 behind the hat.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the left foot and his sword at the first counter, which is a right-hand or thrust, as shown at the portraiture marked 57. And to execute the second and last counter for the Lieutenant, he must disengage his sword below the Provost's sword hilt and throw another thrust on the back-hand, keeping the back of the sword hand up, his left hand right of the face to defend against the Provost's sword point if in case he drives it more forward, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 59 behind the hat.
  
''Here is the end of the second and last counter and continuation for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the second and last counter and continuation for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
''The defense of the second counter or continuation of the said sixth and last strike of the sword alone, which is a high thrust on the backhand for the defending Prevost against the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The defense of the second counter or continuation of the sixth and last strike of the sword alone, which is a high thrust on the reversal for the defending Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
And for the defense of this said counter and continuation for the said Prevost, he must be on the left foot, and he need to cross the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, which is near the hilt at the middle of the sword as said above in several places, and present a thrust at the left nipple or at the eye of the said Lieutenant, having nails on the sword hand down, and the left hand right of his stomach which is below the elbow, holding the sword as shown in the portraiture marked number 60 behind the hat.
+
And for the defense of this counter and continuation for the Provost, he must be on the left foot, and he need to cross the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, which is near the hilt at the middle of the sword as stated above several times, and present a thrust at the Lieutenant's left nipple or at the eye, having the nails on the sword hand down, and the left hand right of his stomach which is below the sword elbow, as shown in the portraiture marked number 60 behind the hat.
  
''Here is the end of the six said strikes, being multiplied at the said clean targets, as stated above, with counters and continuations, both for the said attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the six strikes, being multiplied at the distinct targets, as stated above, with counters and continuations, both for the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Icy est la seconde & derniere opposite & suitte, dudit sixiesme coup, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault,sur le renvers, venant dudit estoc sur le maindroit pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost, dont la voicy executée.''
 
| ''Icy est la seconde & derniere opposite & suitte, dudit sixiesme coup, estant multiplié, qui est un estoc d’hault,sur le renvers, venant dudit estoc sur le maindroit pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost, dont la voicy executée.''
Line 1,516: Line 1,590:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 61-62.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 61-62.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Here are the guard and position to make two good and subtle strikes in the manner of a triangle or a rectangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''Here are the guard and position to make two good and subtle strikes in the manner of a triangle or a rectangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this Lieutenant having done one of the said three drawings with his step remaining on the left foot which is planted and resting on the footprint which is marked number 1 and is in middle guard, placing the point of the sword straight at the left nipple of the Prevost, keeping the left hand over the left lap as marked number 61 above at the portraiture behind his hat.
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant having done one of the three drawings with his step remaining on the left foot which is planted and resting on the footprint which is marked number 1 and is in middle guard, placing the sword point straight at the Provost's left nipple, keeping the left hand over the left lap as marked number 61 above at the portraiture behind his hat.
  
And if he is left-handed, he must keep his right foot on the said triangle if wants to execute and make the principal strike well as will be seen later, and he will keep the same guard if he is attacking as marked at the said portraiture of the said right-handed Lieutenant on number 61.
+
And if he is left-handed, he must keep his right foot on the triangle if wants to execute and make the principal strike well as will be seen later, and he will keep the same guard if he is attacking as marked at the portraiture of the right-handed Lieutenant on number 61.
  
''Here is the end of the guard and position of the said Lieutenant to execute the said triangle against the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the guard and position of the Lieutenant to execute the triangle against the defending Provost.''
  
''The following is the declaration, guard, and position of the said triangle for the defending Prevost.''
+
''The following is the declaration, guard, and position of the triangle for the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, this Prevost must be on the left foot, keeping this foot on the corner of the triangle marked number 1 at the said portraiture, having made one of the said drawings with the proper step and the said Prevost is to remain in high guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the point straight at the left eye of the said Lieutenant, and the left hand right of his nipple, swiftly deflecting the point of the sword of said attacking Lieutenant, as shown above number 62 at the pourtraiture.
+
And to do this, this Provost must be on the left foot, keeping this foot on the corner of the triangle marked number 1 at the portraiture, having made one of the drawings with the proper step and the Provost is to remain in high guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the point straight at the Lieutenant's left eye, and the left hand right of his nipple, swiftly deflecting the sword point of attacking Lieutenant, as shown above number 62 at the pourtraiture.
  
''The end of the guard and position of the said defending Prevost.''
+
''The end of the guard and position of the defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Icy est monstré la garde & tenue pour faire deux bons & subtils coups, en mainiere de triangle, & quadriangle, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Icy est monstré la garde & tenue pour faire deux bons & subtils coups, en mainiere de triangle, & quadriangle, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,546: Line 1,620:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 63-64.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 63-64.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is what the attacking Lieutenant must do to execute a very effective and subtle strike, imagining on the ground a triangle, desiring to use it against the defending Prevost, and doing well to have both its portrait and figure under his feet.''
+
| ''The following is what the attacking Lieutenant must do to execute a very effective and subtle strike, imagining on the ground a triangle, desiring to use it against the defending Provost, and doing well to have both its portrait and figure under his feet.''
  
And to begin well, the Lieutenant will advance the right foot that was kept back at the said portraiture marked number 61 on the footprint  near the corner of the triangle marked number 2, and throw a thrust at the face of the Prevost, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand right of his face as apparently shown here at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 63.
+
And to begin well, the Lieutenant will advance the right foot that was kept back at the portraiture marked number 61 on the footprint  near the corner of the triangle marked number 2, and throw a thrust at the Provost's face, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand right of his face as apparently shown here at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 63.
  
''Here is how to throw a thrust which will serve as a start to being to do this said triangle for the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is how to throw a thrust which will serve as a start to being to do this triangle for the Lieutenant.''
  
''The following is how the Prevost need to defend himself from the said thrust, thrown by the said Lieutenant on the figure and manner of the triangle.''
+
''The following is how the Provost need to defend himself from the thrust, thrown by the Lieutenant on the figure and manner of the triangle.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost having made the said drawing, guard, and placement to get to the said portraiture marked number 62, the said Prevost then pulls the left foot back, and having placed upon the footprint marked number 2, and crosses the said Prevost's sword coming upon the thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, which is declared in several places including the said strikes as well as on the counters and continuations, turning the nails on the sword hand up, and presenting a thrust to the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the left hand right and below the thigh as shown above at the portraiture marked number 64<ref>The triangle represented here is not correct. The one marked 65 seems to better reflect the proposed movement.</ref>.
+
And to do this, the Provost having made the drawing, guard, and placement to get to the portraiture marked number 62, the Provost then pulls the left foot back, and having placed upon the footprint marked number 2, and crosses the Provost's sword coming upon the thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, strong on weak, which is declared in several places including the strikes as well as on the counters and continuations, turning the nails on the sword hand up, and presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the left hand right and below the thigh as shown above at the portraiture marked number 64<ref>The triangle represented here is not correct. The one marked 65 seems to better reflect the proposed movement.</ref>.
  
''Here is the end and the defense of starting the first strike thrown by the said Lieutenant against the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end and the defense of starting the first strike thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit comment il faut faire, pour executer un fort bon & subtil coup, faignant en terre un triangle par le Lieutenent assaillant, le voullant faire contre le Prevost deffendant, dont ont tous deux soubs leurs pieds le portrait & figure d’iceluy pour le bien faire.''
 
| ''Sensuit comment il faut faire, pour executer un fort bon & subtil coup, faignant en terre un triangle par le Lieutenent assaillant, le voullant faire contre le Prevost deffendant, dont ont tous deux soubs leurs pieds le portrait & figure d’iceluy pour le bien faire.''
Line 1,572: Line 1,646:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 65-66.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 65-66.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''And for the first counter and continuation of the said triangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost, the Lieutenant does a high thrust or high backhand.''
+
| ''And for the first counter and continuation of the triangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost, the Lieutenant does a high thrust or high reversal.''
  
To do this counter and continuation well for the said Lieutenant, he must have his left foot on the footprint of the triangle marked number 1 in the portraiture, advance the right foot on the footprint marked number 3, and pass the point of the sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost, having made and thrown the said strike, and throw a high thrust on the right side of the Prevost for the first counter and continuation, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown at the said portraiture marked number 65.
+
To do this counter and continuation well for the Lieutenant, he must have his left foot on the footprint of the triangle marked number 1 in the portraiture, advance the right foot on the footprint marked number 3, and pass the sword point below the Provost's sword hilt, having made and thrown the strike, and throw a high thrust on the Provost's right side for the first counter and continuation, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown at the portraiture marked number 65.
  
''The end of the first counter and continuation of the said triangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
''The end of the first counter and continuation of the triangle for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation for the said Prevost against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this the said Prevost must watch the point of the said Lieutenant for when it would pass below the sword hilt in order to throw either a high thrust or high backhand at the choice of the said Lieutenant, wait for the attack, and for the conservation of the first counter and continuation of the said triangle made by the Lieutenant, the said Prevost needs to cross the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, being on the right foot, and to present a thrust at the face of the said Lieutenant, keeping the back of the sword hand up, and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown above at the portraiture, marked number 66.
+
And to do this the Provost must watch the Lieutenant's point when it would pass below the sword hilt in order to throw either a high thrust or high reversal at the Lieutenant's choice, wait for the attack, and for the conservation of the first counter and continuation of the triangle made by the Lieutenant, the Provost needs to cross the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, being on the right foot, and to present a thrust at the Lieutenant's face, keeping the back of the sword hand up, and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown above at the portraiture, marked number 66.
  
''Here is the end and defense of the first counter of the said triangle for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end and defense of the first counter of the triangle for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Et pour la premiere opposite, & suitte dudit triangle, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant, il se fait sur un estoc ou renvers d’hault, pour le Lieutenent.''
 
| ''Et pour la premiere opposite, & suitte dudit triangle, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant, il se fait sur un estoc ou renvers d’hault, pour le Lieutenent.''
Line 1,598: Line 1,672:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 67-68.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 67-68.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation which is a high thrust or high right-hand, originating from the said triangle strike for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the second counter and continuation which is a high thrust or high right-hand, originating from the triangle strike for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And the said Lieutenant again for the second counter of the said triangle, if the said Lieutenant sees that the Prevost defends against the said first counter and throws a back-hand as marked number 66 at the said Prevost, and if he is skillful; the Lieutenant staying on the same right foot step steals away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost by a back-hand, and feints a back-hand at the cuisse of the Prevost, raising at the same time his sword up, and to execute the second counter he crosses the sword of the Prevost strong on weak and presents a thrust to the body or the face, shifting the right foot which is on the corner of the triangle or number 3 and puts it on the footprint marked 2, keeping the nails of the sword hand up and the left hand right of the face, as shown at the portraiture marked number 67 behind the hat.
+
And the Lieutenant again for the second counter of the triangle, if the Lieutenant sees that the Provost defends against the first counter and throws a back-hand as marked number 66 at the Provost, and if he is skillful; the Lieutenant staying on the same right foot step disengage his sword below the Provost's sword hilt by a back-hand, and feints a back-hand at the Provost's cuisse, raising at the same time his sword up, and to execute the second counter he crosses the Provost's sword strong on weak and presents a thrust to the body or the face, shifting the right foot which is on the corner of the triangle or number 3 and puts it on the footprint marked 2, keeping the nails of the sword hand up and the left hand right of the face, as shown at the portraiture marked number 67 behind the hat.
  
''Here is the end for the Lieutenant against the Prevost.''
+
''This is the end for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
  
''The following is the reverse of the second counter and continuation for the said Prevost.''
+
''The following is the reverse of the second counter and continuation for the Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must be on the left foot having made his step, as stated above at the said figures of the said three drawings, marked number 2 and 4, also as shown above at portraiture 62 of the said Prevost, and to guard the said strike thrown by the said Lieutenant well in the manner and fashion of the triangle, the said Prevost needs to watch the point of the sword of the said Lieutenant and never lose sight of it, and when the Lieutenant advances his right foot to throw a high thrust or high backhand, the said Prevost must cross these strikes, strong on weak, and present a thrust at the face, as shown above at the said portraiture marked number 64, and to make and execute the second counter for the said Prevost, he will be on the right foot and cross the thrust coming on the backhand thrown by the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, presenting a thrust at the face of the said Lieutenant, and keeping the left hand of the said Prevost right of the braies, as marked number 68 above.
+
And to do this, the Provost must be on the left foot having made his step, as stated above at the figures of the three drawings, marked number 2 and 4, also as shown above at portraiture 62 of the Provost, and to guard the strike thrown by the Lieutenant well in the manner and fashion of the triangle, the Provost needs to watch the Lieutenant's sword point and never lose sight of it, and when the Lieutenant advances his right foot to throw a high thrust or high reversal, the Provost must cross these strikes, strong on weak, and present a thrust at the face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 64, and to make and execute the second counter for the Provost, he will be on the right foot and cross the thrust coming on the reversal thrown by the Lieutenant, strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, presenting a thrust at the Lieutenant's face, and keeping the Provost's left hand right of the braies, as marked number 68 above.
  
''Here is the end and defense of the said strike for the said Prevost.''
+
''This is the end and defense of the strike for the Provost.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite, & suitte, qui est un estoc ou maindroit d’hault, provenant dudit coup du triangle pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Sensuit la seconde opposite, & suitte, qui est un estoc ou maindroit d’hault, provenant dudit coup du triangle pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
Line 1,624: Line 1,698:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 69-70.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 69-70.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Position and guard of the first strike in order to execute the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Prevost.''
+
| ''Position and guard of the first strike in order to execute the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
  
It must be noted that to execute the said rectangle for the Lieutenant, he must have the left foot on the corner of the said rectangle marked number 1, having made one of the said three drawings with his step, and be in a low middle guard, the cutting edge down, the point of the sword straight at the belly, and keeping the left hand right of the stomach, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 69.
+
It must be noted that to execute the rectangle for the Lieutenant, he must have the left foot on the corner of the rectangle marked number 1, having made one of the three drawings with his step, and be in a low middle guard, the cutting edge down, the sword point straight at the belly, and keeping the left hand right of the stomach, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 69.
  
''Here is the end of the guard and position for the said Lieutenant in order to begin and execute the rectangle against the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the end of the guard and position for the Lieutenant in order to begin and execute the rectangle against the defending Provost.''
  
''Definition, guard, and position for the said defending Prevost to guard and defend himself from the said rectangle thrown by the said attacking Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
''Definition, guard, and position for the defending Provost to guard and defend himself from the rectangle thrown by the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must be on the left foot, placing his foot on the footprint marked number 1 on the rectangle, being in middle guard having made his step, drawing as stated above in the several places, keeping the back of the sword hand up and therefore the nails down, and the left hand over the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 70.
+
And to do this, the Provost must be on the left foot, placing his foot on the footprint marked number 1 on the rectangle, being in middle guard having made his step, drawing as stated above in the several places, keeping the back of the sword hand up and therefore the nails down, and the left hand over the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 70.
  
''Next we will show a very effective strike for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Prevost in the manner of the rectangle and everything that is required to know it for the said Lieutenant and Prevost and therefore other adherents as well.''
+
''Next we will show a very effective strike for the attacking Lieutenant and for the defending Provost in the manner of the rectangle and everything that is required to know it for the Lieutenant and Provost and therefore other adherents as well.''
  
 
| ''Tenue & garde du premier coup, pour executer & faire le quatriangle pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Tenue & garde du premier coup, pour executer & faire le quatriangle pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 1,650: Line 1,724:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 71-72.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 71-72.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The first strike and continuation of the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Prevost.''
+
| ''The first strike and continuation of the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
  
And to do this well, the Lieutenant needs to have done one of the said drawings while moving the left foot on the footprint marked number 1 for the first strike, and to execute this strike the said Lieutenant must advance the right foot on the footprint marked number 2, and throws a steep high thrust, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand over the right lap, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 71 behind the hat.
+
And to do this well, the Lieutenant needs to have done one of the drawings while moving the left foot on the footprint marked number 1 for the first strike, and to execute this strike the Lieutenant must advance the right foot on the footprint marked number 2, and throws a steep high thrust, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand over the right lap, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 71 behind the hat.
  
Here is how the said Lieutenant must begin to make a strike in the manner of the rectangle, imagined as such on the ground.
+
''This is how the Lieutenant must begin to make a strike in the manner of the rectangle, imagined as such on the ground.''
  
''The following is how the said Prevost must defend himself from the strike that is made and thrown by the said Lieutenant, imagined and represented by a rectangle on the ground, as shown above.''
+
''The following is how the Provost must defend himself from the strike that is made and thrown by the Lieutenant, imagined and represented by a rectangle on the ground, as shown above.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must be on the left foot as shown and stated above at the first position. And to defend this rectangle strike made by the said Lieutenant well, which is either a high thrust or high right-hand. The said Prevost pulls the said left foot  on the footprint of the said rectangle marked number 1 and pause it on the corner of the triangle marked number 3, and crosses the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, deflecting the rectangular right-hand or thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant, and presents a thrust straight at the left eye of the said Lieutenant, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand in front of his braies, as shown above at the portraiture of the said Prevost, marked number 72.
+
And to do this, the Provost must be on the left foot as shown and stated above at the first position. And to defend this rectangle strike made by the Lieutenant well, which is either a high thrust or high right-hand. The Provost pulls the left foot  on the footprint of the rectangle marked number 1 and pause it on the corner of the triangle marked number 3, and crosses the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, deflecting the rectangular right-hand or thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, and presents a thrust straight at the Lieutenant's left, keeping the nails on the sword hand up, and the left hand in front of his braies, as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost, marked number 72.
  
''Here is what the said Prevost needs to do to defend himself from the said rectangle thrown by the said attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''This is what the Provost needs to do to defend himself from the rectangle thrown by the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Premier coup & suitte du quatriangle, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Premier coup & suitte du quatriangle, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 1,666: Line 1,740:
 
Et pour le bien faire, est besoin pour le premier coup que le Lieutenent, ayant fait un desdits desgainements demoure sur le pied gauche, qui est sur la semelle cotté en chiffre 1, & pour executer ce coup faut que cedit Lieutenent advance le pied droit sur la semelle où est cotté en chiffre 2, & tirer un roide estoc d’hault, tenant la main que tient l’espée les ongles en haut, & la main gauche sur son giron droit, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere du chapeau 71.
 
Et pour le bien faire, est besoin pour le premier coup que le Lieutenent, ayant fait un desdits desgainements demoure sur le pied gauche, qui est sur la semelle cotté en chiffre 1, & pour executer ce coup faut que cedit Lieutenent advance le pied droit sur la semelle où est cotté en chiffre 2, & tirer un roide estoc d’hault, tenant la main que tient l’espée les ongles en haut, & la main gauche sur son giron droit, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere du chapeau 71.
  
Voila comment il faut que ledit Lieutenent commence à faire ce coup, en maniere de quatriangle, le feignant ainsi estre en terre.
+
''Voila comment il faut que ledit Lieutenent commence à faire ce coup, en maniere de quatriangle, le feignant ainsi estre en terre.''
  
 
''Sensuit comment il faut que ledit Prevost se deffende de ce coup, fait & tiré par ledit Lieutenent, faignant & figurant un quatriangle en terre, tel que cestuy cy dessus.''
 
''Sensuit comment il faut que ledit Prevost se deffende de ce coup, fait & tiré par ledit Lieutenent, faignant & figurant un quatriangle en terre, tel que cestuy cy dessus.''
Line 1,676: Line 1,750:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 73-74.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 73-74.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The first counter and continuation of the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Prevost.''
+
| ''The first counter and continuation of the rectangle for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
  
And in order to continue to execute the first counter or continuation of the said rectangle for the Lieutenant, he again needs to make a continuation seeing if the said Prevost is skillful and not ignorant and waiting if he defended himself well, the said Lieutenant needs to steal away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost and take the left foot on the footprint marked number 3. In passing a right-hand, throwing the body a little back, and removing the right foot on the place marked number 2.<ref>Dupuis thinks 75 represents this correct and that 73 is incorrect.</ref> And as shown above at the portraiture marked number 73 behind the hat.
+
And in order to continue to execute the first counter or continuation of the rectangle for the Lieutenant, he again needs to make a continuation seeing if the Provost is skillful and not ignorant and waiting if he defended himself well, the Lieutenant needs to disengage his sword below the Provost's sword hilt and take the left foot on the footprint marked number 3. In passing a right-hand, throwing the body a little back, and removing the right foot on the place marked number 2.<ref>Dupuis thinks 75 represents this correct and that 73 is incorrect.</ref> And as shown above at the portraiture marked number 73 behind the hat.
  
''This is what the said Lieutenant must do for the first counter as required for the said rectangle strike.''
+
''This is what the Lieutenant must do for the first counter as required for the rectangle strike.''
  
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation of the said rectangle for the said defending Prevost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the defense of the first counter and continuation of the rectangle for the defending Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost must have the left foot on the corner of the triangle marked number 1 and the right foot on the footprint also marked number 2. And for the defense of the said first counter, the said Premiere is to be on the right foot to cross the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, and present a thrust to his face, keeping the back of the sword hand up and keeping the left hand right of his nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 74.
+
And to do this, the Provost must have the left foot on the corner of the triangle marked number 1 and the right foot on the footprint also marked number 2. And for the defense of the first counter, the Provost is to be on the right foot to cross the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, and present a thrust to his face, keeping the back of the sword hand up and keeping the left hand right of his nipple as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 74.
  
''This is what the said Prevost must do to guard himself from the said counter thrown by the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is what the Provost must do to guard himself from the counter thrown by the Lieutenant.''
  
 
| ''Premiere opposite & suitte du quatriangle pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
 
| ''Premiere opposite & suitte du quatriangle pour le Lieutenent & Prevost.''
Line 1,704: Line 1,778:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 75-76.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 75-76.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''The following is the completion of the said rectangle which is a high right-hand or a high thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant against the Prevost.''
+
| ''The following is the completion of the rectangle which is a high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
  
To complete the said rectangle for the said Lieutenant against the Prevost, the said Lieutenant must have the right foot on the footprint marked number 4 and the left foot on the footprint marked 3, stealing away his sword below the sword hilt of the Prevost and throwing a high right-hand or high thrust to complete the said rectangle, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and the left hand right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 75.
+
To complete the rectangle for the Lieutenant against the Provost, the Lieutenant must have the right foot on the footprint marked number 4 and the left foot on the footprint marked 3, disengaging his sword below the Provost's sword hilt and throwing a high right-hand or high thrust to complete the rectangle, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and the left hand right of his face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 75.
  
''Here is the completion of the said strike made in the fashion of a rectangle for the said Lieutenant against the defending Prevost.''
+
''This is the completion of the strike made in the fashion of a rectangle for the Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
''The following is the defense and completion of the said strike with two continuations in the fashion of a rectangle for the said defending Prevost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
+
''The following is the defense and completion of the strike with two continuations in the fashion of a rectangle for the defending Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
  
And to do this, the said Prevost for the first continuation must be on the right foot, crossing and beating down the said high backhand or high thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hilt down, and throwing a high thrust at the left eye of the said Lieutenant as shown above at the other portraiture and figure marked number 74. And for the second counter and continuation which is to complete the said rectangle, the said Prevost must also be on the right foot and carefully watch the point of the sword of the said Lieutenant, in every discourse of the said rectangle, and cross the sword of the said Lieutenant who is making the second counter which is a high right-hand or high thrust coming from the strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and presenting the said Lieutenant a thrust at his face while keeping the left hand at his nipple as shown above at the portraiture marked number 76.
+
And to do this, the Provost for the first continuation must be on the right foot, crossing and beating down the high reversal or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hilt down, and throwing a high thrust at the Lieutenant's left as shown above at the other portraiture and figure marked number 74. And for the second counter and continuation which is to complete the rectangle, the Provost must also be on the right foot and carefully watch the Lieutenant's sword point in every discourse of the rectangle, and cross the Lieutenant's sword who is making the second counter which is a high right-hand or high thrust coming from the strong on weak, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and presenting a thrust to the Lieutenant's face while keeping the left hand at his nipple as shown above at the portraiture marked number 76.
  
''The end of the said rectangle for the said Prevost.''
+
''The end of the rectangle for the Provost.''
  
''After having written the above for all of the art, order, and practice of the said sword alone and defining all the requirements; both in attacking as well as for defending, I have intended after this to write and show four very effective and subtle grabs that one can do, both in attacking as well as in defending as will be seen after at their portraitures.''
+
''After having written the above for all of the art, order, and practice of the sword alone and defining all the requirements; both in attacking as well as for defending, next I intend to write and show four very effective and subtle grabs that one can do, both in attacking as well as in defending as will be seen later at their portraitures.''
  
 
| ''Sensuit le parachevement dudit quatriangle, qui est sur un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Sensuit le parachevement dudit quatriangle, qui est sur un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
Line 1,734: Line 1,808:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 77-78.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 77-78.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''Hereafter is the plan and position of the attacking Lieutenant to show and make the first grab against the Prevost.''
+
| ''Next is the plan and position of the attacking Lieutenant to show and make the first grab against the Provost.''
  
And to do this, this said Lieutenant being on the left foot, having made as said his step, guard, and placement at the earlier aforementioned plans, and from there he must be on the right foot in middle guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and the left hand right of the face to be ready to beat down a high thrust that could from the said Prevost or any other defender, because all thrusts can be defended and deflected at the hand; but one not to stop them as the point is in the air and far from the force from which it proceeds from. And everything that is in the air is easy to deflect as needed, if it so happens that the Prevost advances his point further as shown above at the portraiture marked number 77 behind the collar.  
+
And to do this, this Lieutenant being on the left foot, having made as stated his step, guard, and placement at the earlier aforementioned plans, and from there he must be on the right foot in middle guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down and the left hand right of the face to be ready to beat down a high thrust that could from the Provost or any other defender, because all thrusts can be defended and deflected at the hand; but one not to stop them as the point is in the air and far from the force from which it proceeds from. And everything that is in the air is easy to deflect as needed, if it so happens that the Provost advances his point further as shown above at the portraiture marked number 77 behind the collar.  
  
''The end of the guard and position for the said attacking Lieutenant to show the Prevost how to do the first grab.''
+
''The end of the guard and position for the attacking Lieutenant to show the Provost how to do the first grab.''
  
''The following is the guard and position for the Prevost to defend from the first grab against the said Lieutenant as will be seen after at the portraiture following number 90.''
+
''The following is the guard and position for the Provost to defend from the first grab against the Lieutenant as will be seen after at the portraiture following number 90.''
  
And to do this guard, the said Prevost is required to do the same step, guard, and placement as said above, one of the said drawings, having pulled the right foot back and remain on the left foot in high guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, placing the point straight at the left eye of the said Lieutenant, keeping also the left hand right of his nipple, as shown above at the said portraiture marked number 78 behind the hat<ref>The Prevost shown at the portraiture does not correspond to the text since he is on the right foot</ref>.
+
And to do this guard, the Provost is required to do the same step, guard, and placement as stated above, one of the drawings, having pulled the right foot back and remain on the left foot in high guard, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, placing the point straight at the Lieutenant's left eye, keeping also the left hand right of his nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 78 behind the hat<ref>The Provost shown at the portraiture does not correspond to the text since he is on the right foot</ref>.
  
''The end of the said guard and position for the said defending Prevost.''
+
''The end of the guard and position for the defending Provost.''
  
 
| ''Cy aprés est monstré & declaré le plan, & tenue du Lieutenent assaillant, pour monstrer à faire la premiere prinse, contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Cy aprés est monstré & declaré le plan, & tenue du Lieutenent assaillant, pour monstrer à faire la premiere prinse, contre le Prevost.''
Line 1,760: Line 1,834:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 79-80.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 79-80.png|400x400px|center]]
| ''In the next two portraitures are shown the first strike which is a high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant against the Prevost for doing the first grab of the sword alone.''
+
| ''In the next two portraitures are shown the first strike which is a high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost for doing the first grab of the sword alone.''
  
And to do this the said Lieutenant having made his step, guard, and placement as said, is to remain on the left foot and to execute this strike which is a high right-hand or high thrust, this said Lieutenant advances his right foot and throws at his choice either a right-hand or thrust against the Prevost, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his nose as shown at the portraiture marked number 79 behind the collar.
+
And to do this the Lieutenant having made his step, guard, and placement as stated, is to remain on the left foot and to execute this strike which is a high right-hand or high thrust, this Lieutenant advances his right foot and throws his choice of either a right-hand or thrust against the Provost, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of his nose as shown at the portraiture marked number 79 behind the collar.
  
''Here is the end of the strike that the said Lieutenant needs to throw to make the first grab of the sword alone.''
+
''This is the end of the strike that the Lieutenant needs to throw to make the first grab of the sword alone.''
  
''The following is the protection and defense of the first strike for the Prevost in order to prepare himself to make the first grab seen in the later portraitures.''
+
''The following is the protection and defense of the first strike for the Provost in order to prepare himself to make the first grab seen in the later portraitures.''
  
And to do this the said Prevost must also have made his step and drawing, remaining in high guard, as shown above at the portraiture of the said Prevost marked number 78, being on the left foot and to defend himself from the said high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the said Lieutenant, in order to show that the first grab could be made, and make on the said strikes the said Prevost is to be on the said left foot, pulling the right foot back and crossing the sword of the said Lieutenant, strong on weak, raising a bit the point of his sword up, the left hand right of the face of the Lieutenant, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 80 behind the head feather<ref>The Prevost of 80 isn't on the left foot as written but is coherent with 78.</ref>.
+
And to do this the Provost must also have made his step and drawing, remaining in high guard, as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 78, being on the left foot and to defend himself from the high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, in order to show that the first grab could be made, and make on the strikes the Provost is to be on the left foot, pulling the right foot back and crossing the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, raising a bit the point of his sword up, the left hand right of the Lieutenant's face, keeping the nails on the sword hand up and the left hand right of the nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 80 behind the head feather<ref>The Provost of 80 isn't on the left foot as written but is coherent with 78.</ref>.
  
''Here is the end of how the Prevost defends the said strike against the said Lieutenant.''
+
''This is the end of how the Provost defends the strike against the Lieutenant.''
  
''These two portraitures is to show using the attacking Lieutenant to the defending Prevost, how they and everyone must do the first grab of the sword alone, and next will be the counter-grab so that anybody can observe all that is said and whoever follow this without omitting anything, he will never find surprises nor offenses and if he find them, he must admit it is not the fault of the Author nor of the art, but instead his own, having committed the fault so that whoever recognizes his fault such as this can be said to be learned as long as you can educate and understand.
+
''These two portraitures is to show using the attacking Lieutenant to the defending Provost, how they and everyone must do the first grab of the sword alone, and next will be the counter-grab so that anybody can observe all that is said and whoever follow this without omitting anything, he will never find surprises nor offenses and if he find them, he must admit it is not the fault of the Author nor of the art, but instead his own, having committed the fault so that whoever recognizes his fault such as this can be said to be learned as long as you can educate and understand.
  
I caution to you all adherents of Mars that the said art and science of fencing was not drafted by the Author for abusing, but instead for defending your honor and health because anyone who breaks this rule will not have the Author nor the art, however the sages dominate the stars and ill will.
+
I caution to you all adherents of Mars that the art and science of fencing was not drafted by the Author to be abused, but instead for defending your honor and health because anyone who breaks this rule will dishonor the Author and the art, however the sages dominate the stars and ill will.
  
 
| ''En ces deux pourtraitures suivantes, est monstré le premier coup, qui est un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, tiré par le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost pour faire la premiere prinse de ceste espée seule.''
 
| ''En ces deux pourtraitures suivantes, est monstré le premier coup, qui est un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, tiré par le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost pour faire la premiere prinse de ceste espée seule.''
Line 1,794: Line 1,868:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 81-82.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 81-82.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''First strike thrown as a high right-hand or high thrust for the first grab by the Lieutenant and nearly executed by the Provost as shown here.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant needs to have made his step, guard, and placement, being on the left foot, he must advance the right foot as shown at the figure and portraiture as stated in number 79. And also this Lieutenant, being on the left foot advances his right foot and throws a high thrust or high right-hand at the Lieutenant<ref>It is meant to read as Provost here.</ref>, keeping the nails of the sword hand up, and keeping also the left hand right of his stomach and below the sword arm, as shown at the portraiture marked number 81.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the strike thrown by the Lieutenant to show the Provost how to do the first grab of the sword alone.''
 +
 
 +
''Next we will show and declare how the Provost will need to do the first grab against his Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost being on the left foot when the Lieutenant throws a high right-hand or high thrust, the Provost pulls his left foot back and crosses his sword, strong on weak, with the Lieutenant's  sword, turning his nails on the sword hand up. And at the same time without a moment to waste, advances his left foot forward strongly, and with his left hand grabs the sword hilt and pretends to twist it to take it from him, as will be seen later keeping the sword point straight at the forehead as shown above at the portraiture and figure marked number 82.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the first grab, nearly executed for the defending Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 
| ''Premier coup, tiré sur le maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, pour la premiere prinse par le Lieutenent, & presque executée par le Prevost, comme icy est monstré.''
 
| ''Premier coup, tiré sur le maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, pour la premiere prinse par le Lieutenent, & presque executée par le Prevost, comme icy est monstré.''
  
Line 1,809: Line 1,894:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 83-84.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 83-84.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The first grab and strike shown by the Lieutenant and executed by the Provost as shown here.''
 +
 
 +
And for the Lieutenant to show what he must do to the Provost and execute the first grab effectively, the Lieutenant must be on the left foot and have advanced his right foot while throwing a high right-hand or high thrust against the defending Provost. And being surprised that the Provost took away his sword, the Lieutenant is forced to pull back his right foot and stay on his left foot, keeping his hand in front of his nipple, ready to defend against the Provost's sword point, and keeping his left hand against his left leg as shown at the portraiture marked number 83 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is everything that the Lieutenant must do to show the Provost what he must do to execute all of the first grab of the sword alone.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the first grab and its execution for this Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this the Provost must have made the first step, guard, and placement as stated; which is to say to be on the left foot while the Lieutenant throws either a high right-hand or high thrust and advances his right foot to execute the first grab for this Provost, then pulling his left back back and crossing the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, raising a bit the sword point up and at the same time without a moment to waste the Provost is advancing the left foot and with the left hand grabbing the Lieutenant's sword hilt, twisting the top down and taking the sword from him, carrying it under the arms, presenting the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's mouth, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 84.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the first grab, demonstrated by the Lieutenant and executed by the Provost.''
 +
 
 
| ''Premiere prinse, monstrée par le Lieutenent, & à ce coup aussi monstrée par iceluy, & executée par le Prevost comme est monstré icy.''
 
| ''Premiere prinse, monstrée par le Lieutenent, & à ce coup aussi monstrée par iceluy, & executée par le Prevost comme est monstré icy.''
  
Line 1,824: Line 1,920:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 85-86.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 85-86.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The next grab that must be done is the counter-grab as shown here by the Lieutenant to the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant being on the left foot, having thrown a steep high right-hand or high thrust at the Provost's left side and at the same time having turned to advance the left foot and having grabbed the Provost's sword hilt below his arms, and when just about to twist it, the Provost makes the counter-grab which is the just the same as stated, demonstrated, and shown above at the portraiture marked number 85 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the counter-grab for the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the counter-grab for the Provost against the attacking Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost will also be on the left foot in high guard, and when the Lieutenant will advance the right foot to throw either a high right-hand or high thrust, the Provost will pull the left foot back and will cross the right-hand or thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, strong on weak, and when he will see that the Lieutenant will advance the left foot to come and take the sword hilt to make the grab, the Provost seeing this at the same time will advance the left foot and also grab the Lieutenant's sword hilt with his left hand by passing it below the sword arm, turning the back of the hand down and having grabbed it, will pretend to twist his hand to remove the sword point as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 86 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the counter-grab for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''The figures and portraitures that follow show how the counter-grab marked number 85 and 86 are executed both for the Lieutenant as well as for the Provost, so that the Lieutenant having followed the Author, removed the Provost's sword and the Provost also having done the same following his part as instructed to remove the Lieutenant's sword, so next we will see that the Lieutenant has the Provost's sword and the Provost has the Lieutenant's sword as marked number 87 and 88 at the portraitures of the Lieutenant and the Provost.
 +
 
 
| ''À prinse faut faire contreprinse, comme est icy monstré par ce Lieutenent au Prevost.''
 
| ''À prinse faut faire contreprinse, comme est icy monstré par ce Lieutenent au Prevost.''
  
Line 1,841: Line 1,950:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 87-88.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 87-88.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The following is a counter-grab shown below by the Lieutenant and executed by the Provost.''
| ''Sensuit une contreprinse, monstrée cy dessous par le Lieutenent, & exécutée par le Prevost.''
+
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant being on the left foot as stated, will advance the right foot, throwing a high right-hand or high thrust at the Provost, and again at the same time advance the left foot and take the Provost's sword below his right arm, turning the left hand, and giving a twist to make him leave the sword, and seeing that the Provost is quick and skillful in doing one to him at the same time, the Lieutenant have stepped his left foot back, and keeping the Provost's sword below his left hand and immediately puts the right hand back on the swordgrip, pretending to put back the swordgrip as shown at the portraiture above marked number 87 behind the head.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the counter-grab executed by the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is an effective counter-grab for the Provost corresponding with the counter-grab above made by the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this next Provost will also be on the left foot in high guard, and when the Lieutenant will advance the right foot as instructed to throw a high right-hand or high thrust, the Provost will pull the left foot back and will cross the Lieutenant's sword strong on weak, beating down the high right-hand or high thrust and when he will see that the Lieutenant will advance the left foot to take the sword hilt to make the grab, the Provost will advance the left foot at the same time as him and the Provost will take the Lieutenant's sword hilt below his sword, turning the back of the left hand down as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 88.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the counter-grab for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
| ''Sensuit une contreprinse, monstrée cy dessous par le Lieutenent, & exécutée par le Prevost.''
  
 
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche, comme dit est, advancera le pied droit, tirant un maindroit ou estoc d’hault sur le Prevost, & à un mesme temps de rechef advancera le pied gauche, & prendra l’espée dudit Prevost par desous son bras droit, tournant la main gauche, donnant un tour pour luy faire quiter l’espée, & voyant que le Prevost a esté prompt & habile de luy en faire autant à un mesme temps, cedit Lieutenent a desmarché sondit pied gauche arriere, & tenant l’espée dudit Prevost dessous son bras gauche, & incontinent a remis la main droite à la poingnée de l’espée, faisant semblant de remettre l’espée au poin comme est monstré à sa pourtraiture cy dessus cotté en chiffre au derriere de sa teste 87.
 
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche, comme dit est, advancera le pied droit, tirant un maindroit ou estoc d’hault sur le Prevost, & à un mesme temps de rechef advancera le pied gauche, & prendra l’espée dudit Prevost par desous son bras droit, tournant la main gauche, donnant un tour pour luy faire quiter l’espée, & voyant que le Prevost a esté prompt & habile de luy en faire autant à un mesme temps, cedit Lieutenent a desmarché sondit pied gauche arriere, & tenant l’espée dudit Prevost dessous son bras gauche, & incontinent a remis la main droite à la poingnée de l’espée, faisant semblant de remettre l’espée au poin comme est monstré à sa pourtraiture cy dessus cotté en chiffre au derriere de sa teste 87.
Line 1,856: Line 1,976:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 89-90.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 89-90.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The position and guard of the second grab for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant having made one of the drawings while remaining on the left foot in low guard, placing the sword point straight at the braies of his disciple the Provost who is in middle guard, the Lieutenant then keeps the cutting edge of the sword down and the left hand right of his chest as shown above at the present portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 89 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''The end and definition of this low guard for the attacking Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''After having written the guard and position of the Lieutenant above, stay to read the guard and position for the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 +
The Provost, after having made his step, guard, and placement, remains on the left foot in middle guard, keeping the hilt even higher than the right shoulder and the fingertips that is holding the sword down, placing the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's left eye, and the keeping left hand upon the left thigh, and all the other who would want to be in this guard will maintain this gesture as the Provost has shown above at the portraiture marked number 90.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the guard and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''Next the Lieutenant will show the Provost how he must make the second grab and the Lieutenant will begin to do this.''
 +
 
 
| ''Tenue, & garde de la seconde prinse, pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Tenue, & garde de la seconde prinse, pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
  
Line 1,873: Line 2,006:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 91-92.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 91-92.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The second grab for the demonstrating Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this the Lieutenant will be in low guard on the left foot as stated, placing the sword point straight at the braies or the Provost's belt as stated and marked above at their portraitures number 89 and 90. And to execute this second grab for the Lieutenant who is the attacking demonstrator, being in the low guard as stated, he will advance the right foot, pretending to throw a high right-hand or thrust coming from him. The Provost seeing the strike charged at him, will block it, crossing and beating down the Lieutenant's sword and so the Lieutenant will advance the left foot and will throw a back-hand at his head. The Provost will want to beat down again at his sword, so the Lieutenant will advance the left foot at an instant and will take the sword hilt with his left hand and will present a thrust at his stomach as shown at the portraiture marked number 91 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the second grab and demonstration for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is what the Provost must do to make the second grab against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost also will also be on the left foot in middle guard as shown above at the portraiture in number 90. The Lieutenant having thrown his choice of a high right-hand or high thrust, the Provost pulls the left foot back and crosses and beats down the Lieutenant's sword, strong on weak, and seeing that he was tricked by the Lieutenant's step and grab, this Provost seeing the trickery, signals with his left hand that he wants to turn away and beat down the thrust at him, and can attack the Lieutenant as shown above at the next portraiture and figure marked number 92 behind his head.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the second grab made by the Lieutenant at the Provost and how he dealt with it.''
 +
 
 
| ''Seconde prinse pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, contre le Prevost deffendeur.''
 
| ''Seconde prinse pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, contre le Prevost deffendeur.''
  
 
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent fera, & se mettra comme dit est, en garde basse, sur le pied gauche, assituant la pointe de l’espée comme dit est, droit la braye ou ceinture du Prevost comme est cotté en chiffre cy dessus à leurs pourtraitures 89 & 90. Et pour faire, & executer ceste seconde prinse pour cedit Lieutenent, qui est assaillant demonstrateur, estant sur la garde basse, que dit est, advancera le pied droit, faisant semblant de tirer un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, provenant d’iceluy. Le Prevost se voyant ainsi chargé d’un tel coup, se vouldra deffendre, croisant & rabatant l’espée dudit Lieutenent & alors cedit Lieutenent advancera le pied gauche, & luy tirera un arrieremain sur sa teste. Le Prevost le vouldra rabatre de rechef de son espée, alors cedit Lieutenent advancera le pied gauche à un instant, & luy prendra la garde de son espée avec sa main gauche & luy presentera un estoc à son estomac, comme est monstré à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre au derriere de son col 91.
 
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent fera, & se mettra comme dit est, en garde basse, sur le pied gauche, assituant la pointe de l’espée comme dit est, droit la braye ou ceinture du Prevost comme est cotté en chiffre cy dessus à leurs pourtraitures 89 & 90. Et pour faire, & executer ceste seconde prinse pour cedit Lieutenent, qui est assaillant demonstrateur, estant sur la garde basse, que dit est, advancera le pied droit, faisant semblant de tirer un maindroit ou estoc d’hault, provenant d’iceluy. Le Prevost se voyant ainsi chargé d’un tel coup, se vouldra deffendre, croisant & rabatant l’espée dudit Lieutenent & alors cedit Lieutenent advancera le pied gauche, & luy tirera un arrieremain sur sa teste. Le Prevost le vouldra rabatre de rechef de son espée, alors cedit Lieutenent advancera le pied gauche à un instant, & luy prendra la garde de son espée avec sa main gauche & luy presentera un estoc à son estomac, comme est monstré à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre au derriere de son col 91.
  
''Voicy la fin de la seconde prinse, & demonstration d’icelle, pour ledit Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.
+
''Voicy la fin de la seconde prinse, & demonstration d’icelle, pour ledit Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
  
Sensuit se que doit faire ledit Prevost, pour la seconde prinse contre ledit Lieutenent.''
+
''Sensuit se que doit faire ledit Prevost, pour la seconde prinse contre ledit Lieutenent.''
  
 
Et pour ce faire, ledit Prevost estant aussi sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne comme est cotté cy dessus à sa pourtraiture en chiffre 90. Le Lieutenent ayant tiré un maindroit ou un estoc d’hault, à son obtion, le Prevost a tiré le pied gauche arriere & a croisé & rabatu l’espée du Lieutenent, du fort le foible, & voyant qu’il a esté circonvenu par la desmarche & prinse susdite dudit Lieutenent, ledit prochain Prevost voyant ladite circonvention, fait signe de sa main gauche qu’il veult detourner & rabbatre l’estoc que luy veult, & peult tirer ledit Lieutenent, comme est monstré cy dessus à sadite pourtraiture & figure plus prochaine cotté en chiffre au derriere de sa teste 92.
 
Et pour ce faire, ledit Prevost estant aussi sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne comme est cotté cy dessus à sa pourtraiture en chiffre 90. Le Lieutenent ayant tiré un maindroit ou un estoc d’hault, à son obtion, le Prevost a tiré le pied gauche arriere & a croisé & rabatu l’espée du Lieutenent, du fort le foible, & voyant qu’il a esté circonvenu par la desmarche & prinse susdite dudit Lieutenent, ledit prochain Prevost voyant ladite circonvention, fait signe de sa main gauche qu’il veult detourner & rabbatre l’estoc que luy veult, & peult tirer ledit Lieutenent, comme est monstré cy dessus à sadite pourtraiture & figure plus prochaine cotté en chiffre au derriere de sa teste 92.
Line 1,888: Line 2,032:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 93-94.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 93-94.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The second grab shown by the Author to the Lieutenant and executed by him against the Provost, so that he can do this to another.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this Lieutenant must have been on the right foot, advancing the left foot, and throwing a high right-hand or high thrust at the Provost, disengaging with a reversal, passing the sword below the Provost's sword hilt, and at the same time, advancing the left foot and crossing the Provost's sword, strong on weak, and having taken his sword hilt with the left hand, hold it and pull so that he will be forced to leave it, seeing the point in front of him, and so will anyone else when we do the same to them as shown above at the portraiture marked number 93 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the second grab shown and executed by the Lieutenant at the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And the Provost seeing that he is surprised and pressed, obviates the accident and danger that could happen to him, is forced to let go of the sword and pull the right foot back, readying the right and left hand to beat down a thrust that the Lieutenant would throw at him. But he won't since he is only doing so to show him how he could do this to another, imitating well everything about the grabs that the Lieutenant has shown him, as shown above at the portraiture of this Provost marked number 94 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is how the Provost must face and do the second grab against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''Next that will be shown by the portraiture and the writing is how after the Lieutenant having shown the Provost, the Provost will do the same to him, because anything that is necessary to know needs to be shown to truly understand it.''
 +
 
 
| ''Seconde prinse monstrée par l’Auteur au Lieutenent, & executée par iceluy, contre le Prevost, à celle fin qu’il en puisse faire autant à un autre.''
 
| ''Seconde prinse monstrée par l’Auteur au Lieutenent, & executée par iceluy, contre le Prevost, à celle fin qu’il en puisse faire autant à un autre.''
  
Line 1,900: Line 2,055:
 
''Voila que faut que face & qu’a peu faire le Prevost, à cestedite seconde prinse contre le Lieutenent.''
 
''Voila que faut que face & qu’a peu faire le Prevost, à cestedite seconde prinse contre le Lieutenent.''
  
''Cy aprés sera monstré par pourtraicture & escrit, comment le Lieutenent ayant monstré audit Prevost, le Prevost luy en fait autant, car ce n’est rien de scavoir qui ne le scait monstré.
+
''Cy aprés sera monstré par pourtraicture & escrit, comment le Lieutenent ayant monstré audit Prevost, le Prevost luy en fait autant, car ce n’est rien de scavoir qui ne le scait monstré.''
  
 
Page''
 
Page''
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 95-96.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 95-96.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The second grab as shown and executed by the Lieutenant and now executed by the Provost against his Lieutenant as shown here.''
 +
 
 +
The following is a demonstration of how the Lieutenant would show the Provost to make the second grab of the sword alone, and to do that this Lieutenant must be on the right foot, and having thrown a steep high right-hand or high thrust at the Provost's left shoulder, he advances the left foot and seeing the speed and being surprised by his ability and the instruction that was executed by the Provost, the Lieutenant is forced to pull back his right foot and let his right hand go from his sword, and with the left hand to beat down the Provost's sword, the Lieutenant had to be careful if he wanted the Provost to not have made this grab, but in the end he chose to be ignorant so that the Provost could be able to make this grab at him, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 95 of the Lieutenant behind the bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''This is how the Lieutenant loses his sword, seeing that the Provost having done this well as had been shown above.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is a demonstration of what the Provost needs to do to remove the Lieutenant's sword, copying point by point what he demonstrated at the aforementioned grabs.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost having made one of the four drawings, guards, placements and remaining on the left foot, and seeing that the Lieutenant has thrown a steep high right-hand or high thrust, the Provost having good understanding and memory of what the Lieutenant had done and shown, he does the same to the Lieutenant; the Provost unrestrained and without pause crosses his sword with the Lieutenant strong on weak, and presents a thrust at the throat or somewhere around there to force him to leave his sword as shown above at the portraiture and figure of the Provost marked number 96 behind the hat.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the second grab executed by the Provost against the Lieutenant his instructor, having shown him how it is done.''
 +
 
 
| ''Ceste seconde prinse, a esté monstrée & executée par ledit Lieutenent, & à present est executée par le Prevost contre son Lieutenent comme est monstré icy.''
 
| ''Ceste seconde prinse, a esté monstrée & executée par ledit Lieutenent, & à present est executée par le Prevost contre son Lieutenent comme est monstré icy.''
  
Line 1,920: Line 2,086:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 97-98.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 97-98.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The following is the guard and position to make the third grab for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this the Lieutenant having made one of the four drawings that he wanted, remaining on the left foot in middle guard, keeping the fingertips on the sword hand down, the placement straight at the Provost's left nipple, keeping the left hand upon the left thigh, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 97 behind the hat.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the guard and position for the Lieutenant to prepare to make the third grab against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''Next is to show the guard and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
The guard of the Provost that he must be in is the same drawing as stated above, and remaining on the left foot initially, and seeing that the Lieutenant keeps himself in middle guard, the Provost is to keep himself in high guard, placing the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's left eye, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, and he must really keep the sword flat so that a dice can stay on it without falling on one side or the other, so that the two quillons of the sword will be as high as the other, and so the sword must be in high guard and middle, otherwise we hold it false, incongruent, and not so good; otherwise the quillons of the sword would be falsely invented as shown above at the portraiture marked number 98 behind the head.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the guard and position for the Provost to throw the first strike for the third grab.''
 +
 
 
| ''Sensuit la garde & tenue pour faire la troisiesme prinse pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Sensuit la garde & tenue pour faire la troisiesme prinse pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
  
Line 1,935: Line 2,112:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 99-100.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 99-100.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The following is the first strike to make and to demonstrate the third grab for the Lieutenant and the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this the Lieutenant must be on the left foot, having made everything that is required as stated, such as the aforementioned steps and one of the three drawings. And to execute this strike, he will advance the right foot and will throw a high thrust at the left Provost's shoulder, keeping the sword hilt somewhat up, keeping the nails on the sword hand down, and the left hand upon the right nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 99. And to execute this third grab, the Lieutenant must advance the left foot and at the same time take the defending Provost's sword, extending strongly the left arm and passing it above the right, keeping the back of the hand up, giving a twist below the arms or elbow, and presenting a wholly unrestrained thrust at the Provost's face, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 99.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the third grab for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the defense of the first strike to make and to execute the third grab for the Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost has also made one of the drawings, guards, and placements, with the aforementioned step, and remaining on the left foot, and the Provost seeing that the Lieutenant at the same time has thrown a high right-hand, the Provost being on the left foot pulls it back, and crosses the sword where the Lieutenant has thrown a high right-hand or high thrust, and defending himself this way the Provost, beating it down strong on weak, keeping the back of the sword hand down, placing the point straight at the Lieutenant's face, also keeping the left hand right and above the right thigh as shown above at the portraiture marked number 100.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the defense and protection of the strike, for preparing to make the third grab for the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 
| ''Sensuit le premier coup, pour faire & monstrer la troisiesme prinse, pour le Lieutenent, & Prevost.''
 
| ''Sensuit le premier coup, pour faire & monstrer la troisiesme prinse, pour le Lieutenent, & Prevost.''
  
Line 1,950: Line 2,138:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 101-102.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 101-102.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The third grab shown and executed by the Lieutenant against the Provost, so that the Provost can figure out how to do this in the future, and consequently afterwards maybe for others as well.''
 +
 
 +
And at an instant without pause to gain time, having thrown the right-hand or thrust as stated and shown above at the other portraitures marked and numbered 99 at the aforementioned Lieutenant and 100 at the Provost, the Lieutenant must take the Provost's sword with his left hand, turning the back of the hand down and the palm up, holding it flat with the fingers spread, leaning it against the arms below the elbow, raising it up so to force him to let go of it and having lost momentum, presenting a thrust to the Provost's face, and in doing so will force him to leave the sword, as shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 101 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the third grab for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is how the Provost must face the Lieutenant who is showing him what he needs to do.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant having made as stated several targets above and discouraged, which is what the Provost needs to have done as he has one of the guards and drawings above, and is remaining on the left foot and the Provost seeing that the Lieutenant has advanced a step to throw a high right-hand or high thrust, which is the strike, having grabbed the Provost's sword and forced him to let go, seeing that the Lieutenant is presenting a thrust to his face, by which the Provost keeps his left hand right of his left nipple, ready to beat down and deflect the Lieutenant's sword that he could thrust at his face, as shown above at the portraiture of this Provost marked number 102 behind the bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the third grab made and executed by the Lieutenant and what the Provost did, being thus surprised by his master the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 
| ''Troisiesme prinse monstrée, & executée par ce Lieutenent, contre le Prevost, à celle fin que le Prevost luy en sache, & puisse faire autant à l’advenir, & par consequent puis aprés à quelques autres.''
 
| ''Troisiesme prinse monstrée, & executée par ce Lieutenent, contre le Prevost, à celle fin que le Prevost luy en sache, & puisse faire autant à l’advenir, & par consequent puis aprés à quelques autres.''
  
Line 1,965: Line 2,164:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 103-104.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 103-104.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| The third grab shown above by the Lieutenant to the Provost and is executed by the Provost here, as evidenced.''
| ''Troisiesme prinse, monstrée cy dessus par ledit Lieutenent au Prevost, & est icy executée par le Prevost, comme appert.''
 
  
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent luy ayant tiré un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, advançant le pied droit, ayant fait comme est monstré cy dessus en plusieurs coups, la desmarche, garde & assituation, telle que luy a pleu, & incontinent, le Lieutenent ayant tiré ledit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, le Prevost a tellement deligenté qu’il a executé cestedite prinse, dont ledit Lieutenent a esté contraint de quitter l’espée. Et voyant que le Prevost luy vouloit tirer un estoc au ventre, ledit Lieutenent comme dit est, luy a esté forcé de quiter son espée, & de la main gauche faisant semblant de rabatre l’espée du Prevost comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 103.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant having thrown a high right-hand or high thrust at him and advancing the right foot, having made the strikes, step, guard, and placement that he wanted without restraint as shown above, the Provost has executed the grab so diligently that the Lieutenant is forced to let go of the sword. And seeing that the Provost wants to thrust his belly, the Lieutenant as stated is forced is to let go of his sword and with the left hand ready to beat down the Provost's sword as shown above at the portraiture marked number 103.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the counter-grab that the Provost has done at the Lieutenant, as evidenced.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is what the Provost must do to execute the third grab against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost will be on the step of the left foot when the Lieutenant throws his choice of a high right-hand or high thrust at the Provost's left shoulder or left nipple. But to stop whichever strike that he may throw, the Provost needs to pull his left foot back and cross the Lieutenant's sword, dropping the point over the Lieutenant's  arms, and without pause take with the Lieutenant's sword with his left hand, with the back of the hand raised up so that it passes below the elbow to make him lose the sword, presenting a thrust at his stomach as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 105 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the third grab for this defending Provost against the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''Next we will be showing the position and guard for the Lieutenant and the Provost to make and execute the fourth and last grab of the sword alone. There are others, but those have been omitted.<ref>The author is announcing here another edition to augment his book which has never has been written.</ref>
 +
 
 +
| ''Troisiesme prinse, monstrée cy dessus par ledit Lieutenent au Prevost, & est icy executée par le Prevost, comme appert.''
 +
 
 +
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent luy ayant tiré un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, advançant le pied droit, ayant fait comme est monstré cy dessus en plusieurs coups, la desmarche, garde & assituation, telle que luy a pleu, & incontinent, le Lieutenent ayant tiré ledit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, le Prevost a tellement deligenté qu’il a executé cestedite prinse, dont ledit Lieutenent a esté contraint de quitter l’espée. Et voyant que le Prevost luy vouloit tirer un estoc au ventre, ledit Lieutenent comme dit est, luy a esté forcé de quiter son espée, & de la main gauche faisant semblant de rabatre l’espée du Prevost comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 103.
  
 
''Voyla la fin de la contreprinse qu’a fait ledit Prevost audit Lieutenent comme il appert.''
 
''Voyla la fin de la contreprinse qu’a fait ledit Prevost audit Lieutenent comme il appert.''
Line 1,976: Line 2,188:
 
Et pour ce faire, ledit Prevost estant sur la desmarche du pied gauche, ledit Lieutenent tirera un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, à sa liberté, sur l’espaulle gauche dudit Prevost, ou au tetin gauche. Mais pour annuller quelque coup qu’il puisse tirer, faut & est besoin que ledit Prevost tire le pied gauche arriere, & croise de son espée, celle dudit Lieutenent, du fort le foible & sus ce mesme pied droit à un mesme instant passera ledit Prevost, l’espée par dessous l’espée dudit Lieutenent, laissera tomber la pointe dessus le bras dudit Lieutenent, & sans intervalle prendra de sa main gauche l’espée dudit Lieutenent, du plat de sa main haussera en haut l’ayant passée par dessous le coude pour la luy faire perdre de la main, luy presentant un estoc à son ventre comme est monstrée cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre au derriere du col 105.
 
Et pour ce faire, ledit Prevost estant sur la desmarche du pied gauche, ledit Lieutenent tirera un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, à sa liberté, sur l’espaulle gauche dudit Prevost, ou au tetin gauche. Mais pour annuller quelque coup qu’il puisse tirer, faut & est besoin que ledit Prevost tire le pied gauche arriere, & croise de son espée, celle dudit Lieutenent, du fort le foible & sus ce mesme pied droit à un mesme instant passera ledit Prevost, l’espée par dessous l’espée dudit Lieutenent, laissera tomber la pointe dessus le bras dudit Lieutenent, & sans intervalle prendra de sa main gauche l’espée dudit Lieutenent, du plat de sa main haussera en haut l’ayant passée par dessous le coude pour la luy faire perdre de la main, luy presentant un estoc à son ventre comme est monstrée cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre au derriere du col 105.
  
''Voyla la fin de la troisiesme prinse pour ledit prochain Prevost deffendeur contre ledit Lieutenent.
+
''Voyla la fin de la troisiesme prinse pour ledit prochain Prevost deffendeur contre ledit Lieutenent.''
  
 
''Cy aprés sera monstrée la tenue, & garde, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour faire & executer la quatriesme & derniere prinse de ceste espée seule. Il en y a d’autres mais à l’autre impression ne sera rien obmis ne laissé.<ref>L’auteur annonce ici une prochaine édition augmentée de son oeuvre qui n’a a priori jamais eu lieu.</ref>''
 
''Cy aprés sera monstrée la tenue, & garde, pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour faire & executer la quatriesme & derniere prinse de ceste espée seule. Il en y a d’autres mais à l’autre impression ne sera rien obmis ne laissé.<ref>L’auteur annonce ici une prochaine édition augmentée de son oeuvre qui n’a a priori jamais eu lieu.</ref>''
Line 1,982: Line 2,194:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 105-106.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 105-106.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The position and the guard of the fourth and last grab for the attacking Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And in order to effectively perform the aforementioned guard and fourth grab for the Lieutenant, he must have made the step, drawing, and guard above at one of the drawings. And the Lieutenant needs to be on the left foot in high guard, keeping the back of the sword hand up and nails down, placing the sword point straight at the Provost's mouth, keeping the left hand upon the left lap, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 105.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the guard to make a strike, to execute the fourth grab for the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''Next he will be showing the guard and position to defend a high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost to make the fourth grab.''
 +
 
 +
To do this, the Provost must also have made one of the three drawings and be on the left foot while keeping himself in middle guard, which is best, keeping the back of the sword hand up, placing the point straight at the Lieutenant's left nipple, and the left hand right upon the lap, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 106.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the description and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 
| ''Tenue & garde de la quatriesme, & derniere prinse, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Tenue & garde de la quatriesme, & derniere prinse, pour le Lieutenent assaillant, contre le Prevost deffendant.''
  
Line 1,997: Line 2,220:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 107-108.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 107-108.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant and defended by the Provost that will have to be repeated at the Lieutenant to execute the fourth grab against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this Lieutenant must be on the left foot in high guard as shown above at the other portraiture marked number 105, seen in his place. And to execute this strike which at the Lieutenant's choice is either a high right-hand or high thrust, he will advance the right foot and throw a steep thrust at the Provost's face, keeping the sword hilt even higher than the right shoulder and the back of the sword hand down, and the left hand in front of his chin as shown above at the portraiture marked number 107.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the strike for the attacking Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''The way to defend the Provost at the aforementioned high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant so that afterwards he then execute the fourth grab.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this Provost must be on the left foot in middle guard as shown above at the portraiture marked number 106. And for the defense of this high right-hand or high thrust thrown by the Lieutenant, this Provost needs to pull the left foot back and cross his sword with that of the Lieutenant, be it a high right-hand or high thrust, strong on weak, just like we did above at any one of the other counters and continuations; and present a thrust to the Lieutenant's face, keeping the back of the sword hand down and the nails up, and the left hand right of his nipple, placing the sword point straight at the Lieutenant's mouth as shown and done above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 108 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''This is how the Provost effectively guards the aforementioned strike thrown by the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
Next we will show the fourth and last grab which is very subtle to make his adversaries let go of his weapons, which will be in the middle of a high right-hand or high thrust that will be thrown and will be served to tell us whether they are ignorant or knowledgeable. Because if he is ignorant and clumsy, it will easily be done at him, and if he is skillful, he must feint as will be seen later in time at the declaration of the Lieutenant, who will do this to show the Provost.
 +
 
 
| ''Maindroit ou estoc d’haut, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu par le Prevost, que faudra reiterer au Lieutenent, pour executer la quatriesme prinse contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Maindroit ou estoc d’haut, tiré par le Lieutenent, & deffendu par le Prevost, que faudra reiterer au Lieutenent, pour executer la quatriesme prinse contre le Prevost.''
  
Line 2,004: Line 2,240:
 
''La fin de cedit coup pour ledit Lieutenent assaillant.''
 
''La fin de cedit coup pour ledit Lieutenent assaillant.''
  
''Moyen de soy deffendre, au Prevost de ce susdit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, pour
+
''Moyen de soy deffendre, au Prevost de ce susdit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, pour puis aprés executer ladite quatriesme prinse.''
puis aprés executer ladite quatriesme prinse.''
 
  
 
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit prochain Prevost estant sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 106. Et pour la deffence de cedit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, est besoin, & faut que cedit prochain Prevost tire le pied gauche arriere, & croise de son espée celle dudit Lieutenent, soit maindroit, ou estoc d’haut, du fort le foible, tout ainsi comme on a fait cy dessus à une desdites opposites & suittes, & presenter un estoc au visage dudit Lieutenent, tenant le dessus de la main que tient l’espée en bas, & les ongles en hault, & la main gauche droit son tetin, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la bouche dudit Lieutenent comme est monstré & fait cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre au derriere du col 108.
 
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit prochain Prevost estant sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 106. Et pour la deffence de cedit maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, tiré par ledit Lieutenent, est besoin, & faut que cedit prochain Prevost tire le pied gauche arriere, & croise de son espée celle dudit Lieutenent, soit maindroit, ou estoc d’haut, du fort le foible, tout ainsi comme on a fait cy dessus à une desdites opposites & suittes, & presenter un estoc au visage dudit Lieutenent, tenant le dessus de la main que tient l’espée en bas, & les ongles en hault, & la main gauche droit son tetin, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la bouche dudit Lieutenent comme est monstré & fait cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre au derriere du col 108.
Line 2,011: Line 2,246:
 
''Voyla comment ledit Prevost s’est bien gardé de ce susdit coup, tiré par ledit Lieutenent.''
 
''Voyla comment ledit Prevost s’est bien gardé de ce susdit coup, tiré par ledit Lieutenent.''
  
Cy aprés sera monstré ladite quatriesme, & derniere prinse, qui est fort subtile, pour faire quitter les armes à
+
Cy aprés sera monstré ladite quatriesme, & derniere prinse, qui est fort subtile, pour faire quitter les armes à son adversaire, qui sera moyennant un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, qu’on tirera, qui servira d’espion pour apporter ignorance ou scavoir. Car s’il est ignorant, & mal adroit, facilement se pourra faire, & s’il est adroit faut faire une fainte comme se verra cy aprés en son lieu à la declaration du Lieutenent, qui la fera pour la monstrer au<ref>Proposition de correction pour « ou ».</ref> Prevost.
son adversaire, qui sera moyennant un maindroit, ou estoc d’hault, qu’on tirera, qui servira d’espion pour
 
apporter ignorance ou scavoir. Car s’il est ignorant, & mal adroit, facilement se pourra faire, & s’il est adroit
 
faut faire une fainte comme se verra cy aprés en son lieu à la declaration du Lieutenent, qui la fera pour la
 
monstrer au<ref>Proposition de correction pour « ou ».</ref> Prevost.
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 109-110.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 109-110.png|400x400px|center]]
|
+
| ''The fourth grab shown by the attacking Lieutenant to the defending Provost, as clearly shown and written below.''
| ''Quatriesme prinse monstrée par le Lieutenent, assaillant, au Prevost deffendant, comme voicy clairement monstré, & cy dessous par escrit declaré.''
 
  
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, à la tenue & garde susdite cotté en chiffre 105, a advancé le pied droit, & a tiré un maindroit ou estoc d’haut pour espion, sur le costé gauche du Prevost, comme est dit & monstré cy dessus à la pourtraiture du Lieutenent cotté en chiffre 107, & voyant ce Lieutenent que le Prevost s’est deffendu de ce maindroit ou estoc d’hault, a cedit prochain Lieutenent pour faire ceste prinse desrobé son espée, d’un maindroit par dessous l’espée du Prevost, & luy a laissé tomber ce Lieutenent son espée dessus le bras du Prevost, tournant les ongles de la main que tient l’espée en haut, & avec la main gauche prend l’espée du Prevost, auprés de la pointe. Ce fait, ce Lieutenent parle au Prevost & luy dit, escoute si je voulois baisser & peser ma main gauche en bas tu serois contraint de quitter ton espée, comme tu me pourras faire, & de fait le feras, comme se verra cy aprés moyennant que tu face comme est monstré cy dessus à ladite prochaine pourtraiture & figure dudit Lieutenent, cotté en chiffre 109.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant being on the left foot as shown above at the portraiture of the aforementioned position and the guard marked number 105, advanced the right foot and throws a high right-hand or high thrust on the Provost's left to test, as stated and shown above at the portraiture of the Lieutenant marked number 107, and the Lieutenant seeing that the Provost has defended the high right-hand or high thrust, this Lieutenant in order to make the grab disengages his sword with a right-hand below the Provost's sword, and let his sword drop above the Provost's arms, turning the nails of the sword hand up, and with the left hand near the tip take the Provost's sword. With this the Lieutenant tells the Provost, "Listen, if I wanted to lower and press my left hand down you would be forced to let go of your sword, as you can do to me and in fact will do," as will be seen after provided that you do as shown above at this portraiture and figure of the Lieutenant marked number 109.
  
''Voila la fin de ladit quatriesme & derniere prinse pour ledit Lieutenent demonstrateur contre le Prevost deffendeur.''
+
''This is the end of the fourth and last grab for the demonstrating Lieutenant against the defending Provost.''
  
''Sensuit ce qu’a peu faire ledit Prevost, ne scachant aucune contreprinse. Car à toute prinse il y a une contreprinse, ce qu’il n’a fait cy dessus, mais cy aprés il le fera moyennant l’intelligence que luy a donné ledit Lieutenent.''
+
''The following is what the Provost can do when he does not know how to counter-grab. For every grab there is a counter-grab which he did not do above but later will with the knowledge given to him by the Lieutenant.''
  
Et pour ce faire, ledit prochain Prevost estant sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre 106, a ledit Prevost pour apprendre à faire ceste susdite prinse, tiré le pied gauche arriere & demouré sur le pied droit, & a croisé le maindroit ou estoc d’hault, que luy a tiré ledit Lieutenent, mais ledit Lieutenent l’ayant circonvenu par un maindroit desrobé, pour parvenir à sadite prinse, a ledit Lieutenent rendu ledit Prevost à l’extremité de quitter son espée, & s’il eust voulu, il la luy eust fait perdre de la main mais la luy a encores laissée. Toutefois ledit Prevost a fait comme il a peu estant circonvenu comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre 110.
+
And to do this, this Provost being on the left foot in middle guard as shown above at the portraiture marked number 106 at the Provost to learn to make the aforementioned grab, having pulled the left foot back and remains on the right foot, and having crossed the high right-hand or high thrust that the Lieutenant has thrown, but the Lieutenant having circumvented him by disengaging with a right-hand to get the grab through and the Lieutenant having rendered the point to let go of the Provost's sword, and had he wanted to, he would have taken the sword but decided to leave it alone. Nevertheless the Provost having been tricked as shown above the portraiture marked number 110.
 +
 
 +
''The end of what the Provost can do against his instructor the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
| ''Quatriesme prinse monstrée par le Lieutenent, assaillant, au Prevost deffendant, comme voicy clairement monstré, & cy dessous par escrit declaré.''
 +
 
 +
Et pour ce faire, le Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, à la tenue & garde susdite cotté en chiffre 105, a advancé le pied droit, & a tiré un maindroit ou estoc d’haut pour espion, sur le costé gauche du Prevost, comme est dit & monstré cy dessus à la pourtraiture du Lieutenent cotté en chiffre 107, & voyant ce Lieutenent que le Prevost s’est deffendu de ce maindroit ou estoc d’hault, a cedit prochain Lieutenent pour faire ceste prinse desrobé son espée, d’un maindroit par dessous l’espée du Prevost, & luy a laissé tomber ce Lieutenent son espée dessus le bras du Prevost, tournant les ongles de la main que tient l’espée en haut, & avec la main gauche prend l’espée du Prevost, auprés de la pointe. Ce fait, ce Lieutenent parle au Prevost & luy dit, escoute si je voulois baisser & peser ma main gauche en bas tu serois contraint de quitter ton espée, comme tu me pourras faire, & de fait le feras, comme se verra cy aprés moyennant que tu face comme est monstré cy dessus à ladite prochaine pourtraiture & figure dudit Lieutenent, cotté en chiffre 109.
 +
 
 +
''Voila la fin de ladit quatriesme & derniere prinse pour ledit Lieutenent demonstrateur contre le Prevost deffendeur.''
 +
 
 +
''Sensuit ce qu’a peu faire ledit Prevost, ne scachant aucune contreprinse. Car à toute prinse il y a une contreprinse, ce qu’il n’a fait cy dessus, mais cy aprés il le fera moyennant l’intelligence que luy a donné ledit Lieutenent.''
 +
 
 +
Et pour ce faire, ledit prochain Prevost estant sur le pied gauche, en garde moyenne, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre 106, a ledit Prevost pour apprendre à faire ceste susdite prinse, tiré le pied gauche arriere & demouré sur le pied droit, & a croisé le maindroit ou estoc d’hault, que luy a tiré ledit Lieutenent, mais ledit Lieutenent l’ayant circonvenu par un maindroit desrobé, pour parvenir à sadite prinse, a ledit Lieutenent rendu ledit Prevost à l’extremité de quitter son espée, & s’il eust voulu, il la luy eust fait perdre de la main mais la luy a encores laissée. Toutefois ledit Prevost a fait comme il a peu estant circonvenu comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffre 110.
  
 
''La fin de ce qu’a peu faire ledit Prevost contre ledit Lieutenent son instructeur.''
 
''La fin de ce qu’a peu faire ledit Prevost contre ledit Lieutenent son instructeur.''
Line 2,034: Line 2,276:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 111-112.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 111-112.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The fourth and last grab executed by the defending Provost against his demonstrator the Lieutenant, as it appears at the portraitures showing him what to do above.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant must be on the left foot as stated above, and while advancing the right foot he will throw a high right-hand or high thrust of his choice as shown above at the other portraitures of the Lieutenant marked number 107 and the Lieutenant next having thrown one of the strikes, the Provost does the same as above. The Lieutenant having done as appears at the portraiture marked number 109 but with this grab the Lieutenant is forced to let go of his sword and must use his left hand to beat down the Provost's sword, who would throw a thrust as appears at the portraiture above marked number 111 behind the collar.
 +
 
 +
''The end of what the Lieutenant does to having shown the Provost how he must make this grab.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the execution of the fourth and last grab of the sword alone for the Provost against the Lieutenant his demonstrator.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this Provost must be on the left foot and when he sees that the Lieutenant or another attacker will throw a high right-hand or high thrust, having advanced the right foot, the Provost will pull his left foot back, and at the same time disengage his sword below the Lieutenant's sword hilt, and without a moment to waste, let the sword point fall on the Lieutenant, and the Provost will forcefully take the Lieutenant's sword point with the left hand and pass and lower it, so it will force the Lieutenant to let go of his sword as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 112.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the fourth and last grab of the sword alone, both by the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''Next we will be showing some particularly good and subtle strikes extracted from the aforementioned strikes of the sword alone which I call the subtleties that can and will be done both for attacking as well as for defending.''
 +
 
 
| ''Quatriesme & derniere prinse, executée par le Prevost deffendeur contre le Lieutenent son demonstrateur, comme icy appert par ces pourtraitures, luy monstrant ce que luy a fait cy dessus.''
 
| ''Quatriesme & derniere prinse, executée par le Prevost deffendeur contre le Lieutenent son demonstrateur, comme icy appert par ces pourtraitures, luy monstrant ce que luy a fait cy dessus.''
  
Line 2,051: Line 2,306:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 113-114.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 113-114.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The guard and position to make and execute the subtleties of the sword alone both for the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the demonstrating Lieutenant having made one of the drawings, step, guard, and placement; must be on the left foot in high guard, keeping the sword even higher than the right shoulder, the the back of the hand up, and the nails down, placing the sword point at the Provost's face, and the left hand below his sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 113 behind his bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the position and guard for the attacking Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the definition, guard, and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost must have made one of the drawings as he pleases, and having kept himself on the left foot in low guard, keeping the sword hilt upon the left knee, placing the point straight at the belt or the Lieutenant's braies, the cutting edge down, and the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 114.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the guard for the Provost.''
 +
 
 
| ''Garde & tenue, pour faire & executer les subtilitez de ceste espée seule, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant.''
 
| ''Garde & tenue, pour faire & executer les subtilitez de ceste espée seule, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant.''
  
Line 2,066: Line 2,332:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 115-116.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 115-116.png|400x400px|center]]
|
+
| ''The first strike which is a low right-hand thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost, which serves as intelligence gathering to report whether he is ignorant or knowledgeable.''
| ''Premier coup, qui est un maindroit de bas, tiré par le Lieutenent, qui sert d’espion, pour raporter ignorance ou scavoir, contre le Prevost.''
 
  
Et pour ce faire, ledit Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche en garde haute comme est monstré cy dessus à sa dite garde, & tenue desdites subtilitez cotté en chiffre 113. Et pour faire, & bien executer cestedite subtilité pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, advancera ledit Lieutenent le pied droit, & tirera un maindroit de bas au jarret, qui servira d’espion, pour raporter ignorance ou scavoir de celuy contre qui tel coup sera tiré, car s’il est ignorant, croisera espée contre espée & s’il est scavant il tirera un maindroit sur le bras de l’espée. Mais il est bon à veoir que ce Prevost est ignorant, attendu qu’il croise de son espée celle dudit Lieutenent : monstrera au Prevost la faute qu’il a fait, attendu qu’au lieu qu’il a rabbatu de l’espée, devoit tirer un maindroit sur le bras, comme il fera cy après. Mais à ce coup il croise l’espée, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 115.
+
And to do this, the Lieutenant being on the left foot in high guard as shown above at the guard and position of the subtlety marked number 113. And to execute the subtlety well for the demonstrating Lieutenant, the Lieutenant will advance the right foot and will throw a low right-hand at the leg, which serves as intelligence gathering to report whether the one against is ignorant or knowledgeable; because if he is ignorant he will cross the sword against sword, and if he is knowledgeable he will throw a right-hand at the sword arm. But it is good to see this Provost is ignorant so he crosses with the Lieutenant's sword; show the Provost the mistake that he made by beating down his sword and he throw a right-hand at the arms as will be done later. But at this strike he crosses the sword, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 115.
  
''Voicy comme ledit Lieutenent a tiré un maindroit de bas, au jarret, pour voir l’ignorance.''
+
''This is how the Lieutenant throws a low right-hand at the knee to determind the ignorant.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is the defense of the strike for the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost must have made the same guard and placement above as shown at the portraiture of the Provost marked number 114. And to defend the strike of the right-hand at the knee thrown by the Lieutenant, the Provost being ignorant like many demonstrators, pulls the left foot back and crosses his sword with the Lieutenant's sword, which isn't necessarily ignorance, but he totally is since he left the proper and took the unsuitable, which as stated and shown above at the portraiture marked number 116.
 +
 
 +
''This is how the Provost defends himself from the first strike thrown by the Lieutenant. He defends himself with what he knows due to human nature as shown many times because he would do the same even without having learned the art.''
 +
 
 +
| ''Premier coup, qui est un maindroit de bas, tiré par le Lieutenent, qui sert d’espion, pour raporter ignorance ou scavoir, contre le Prevost.''
 +
 
 +
Et pour ce faire, ledit Lieutenent estant sur le pied gauche en garde haute comme est monstré cy dessus à sa dite garde, & tenue desdites subtilitez cotté en chiffre 113. Et pour faire, & bien executer cestedite subtilité pour le Lieutenent demonstrateur, advancera ledit Lieutenent le pied droit, & tirera un maindroit de bas au jarret, qui servira d’espion, pour raporter ignorance ou scavoir de celuy contre qui tel coup sera tiré, car s’il est ignorant, croisera espée contre espée & s’il est scavant il tirera un maindroit sur le bras de l’espée. Mais il est bon à veoir que ce Prevost est ignorant, attendu qu’il croise de son espée celle dudit Lieutenent : monstrera au Prevost la faute qu’il a fait, attendu qu’au lieu qu’il a rabbatu de l’espée, devoit tirer un maindroit sur le bras, comme il fera cy après. Mais à ce coup il croise l’espée, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 115.
 +
 
 +
''Voicy comme ledit Lieutenent a tiré un maindroit de bas, au jarret, pour voir l’ignorance.''
  
 
''Sensuit la deffence de ce coup pour ledit Prevost''
 
''Sensuit la deffence de ce coup pour ledit Prevost''
  
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit Prevost aye fait mesme desmarche garde, & assituation, que dessus est monstrée, à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre 114. Et pour se deffendre de ce coup, qui est un maindroit de bas au jarret, à luy tiré par ledit Lieutenent, Ledit Prevost estant ignorant comme beaucoup de demonstrateurs, a tiré le pied gauche arriere, & a croisé de son espée l’espée dudit Lieutenent, qui n’est à
+
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit Prevost aye fait mesme desmarche garde, & assituation, que dessus est monstrée, à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, cotté en chiffre 114. Et pour se deffendre de ce coup, qui est un maindroit de bas au jarret, à luy tiré par ledit Lieutenent, Ledit Prevost estant ignorant comme beaucoup de demonstrateurs, a tiré le pied gauche arriere, & a croisé de son espée l’espée dudit Lieutenent, qui n’est à presumer ignorance, mais l’estre tout à fait, attendu qu’il a laissé le propre, & prend l’impropre, qui est dit & monstré cy dessus à sadite pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere dudit Prevost 116.
presumer ignorance, mais l’estre tout à fait, attendu qu’il a laissé le propre, & prend l’impropre, qui est dit & monstré cy dessus à sadite pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere dudit Prevost 116.
 
  
 
''Voyla comment ledit Prevost se deffent de ce premier coup, tiré par ledit Lieutenent. Mais il s’en deffend comme il l’entend, & comme le monstrent plusieurs, suivant la nature humaine car elle en fait autant sans avoir jamais aprins aucun art.''
 
''Voyla comment ledit Prevost se deffent de ce premier coup, tiré par ledit Lieutenent. Mais il s’en deffend comme il l’entend, & comme le monstrent plusieurs, suivant la nature humaine car elle en fait autant sans avoir jamais aprins aucun art.''
Line 2,082: Line 2,358:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 117-118.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 117-118.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The guard and position for the Lieutenant and the Provost for the Lieutenant to show to the Provost what he must do henceforth and not like what he did at the previous strike.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant must also have made one of the three drawings of his choice, and the Lieutenant having remained on the left foot in middle guard, placing the sword point straight at the left nipple, keeping the back of the sword hand up, and the left hand below the sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 117.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the guard of the Lieutenant to execute the subtlety, following the ignorance that the Lieutenant saw of the Provost marked number 115 and 116.''
 +
 
 +
''The following script is for knowing the position and guard of the Provost for the Lieutenant to execute the subtlety, and showing it to the Provost, as will be seen later at the next strike.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, this Provost must have also made the step as was done above this Lieutenant, his demonstrator, and one of the drawings, and having remained on the left foot in high guard, keeping even higher the sword hilt and the back of the sword hand up, placing the point straight at the face, keeping the left hand right of his nipple, as shown above at the portraiture of the Provost above marked number 118.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end of the guard and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 
| ''Garde & tenue pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour monstrer par ce Lieutenent au Prevost, comment il faut qu’il face desormais, & non comme il a fait au precedent coup.''
 
| ''Garde & tenue pour le Lieutenent & Prevost, pour monstrer par ce Lieutenent au Prevost, comment il faut qu’il face desormais, & non comme il a fait au precedent coup.''
  
Line 2,097: Line 2,384:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 119-120.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 119-120.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The first strike of the subtlety, which is the first strike of the sword alone, shown here by the Lieutenant and executed by the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
The Lieutenant, to effectively make and show the Provost the right-hand, the first strike of the order of the sword alone and of the subtlety, must be on the left foot and advance the right foot while throwing a low right-hand at the Provost's knee, keeping his left hand right of his face as shown above at the portraiture marked 119.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the first strike which is a low right-hand thrown by this Lieutenant and defended by the Provost and executed wherever it is necessary.''
 +
 
 +
 
 +
''The following is everything that the Provost must do to defend and attack at the same time, with the low right-hand at the knee thrown by the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost being in high guard as shown above at the other portraiture marked number 118 that the Provost has now seen, the Lieutenant having thrown a low right-hand at his knee, the Provost recognizing this strike that he had done wrong to beat down the sword, and that only the step enough to guarantee himself from the right-hand, and so at this strike the Provost pulls the left foot back, and at the same time while defending, throws the right-hand coming from the high guard at the Lieutenant's sword arm and presents again a thrust at the Lieutenant's braies, keeping the sword hilt high enough and the nails up, and the left hand right of the left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 120.
 +
 
 +
''The end of this subtlety for the Provost and everything that he must do, following the instructions of the author and of his Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 
| ''Premier coup de ladit subtilité, qui est sur le premier coup de ladite espée seulle, icy monstrée par ce Lieutenent & executée par ce Prevost.''
 
| ''Premier coup de ladit subtilité, qui est sur le premier coup de ladite espée seulle, icy monstrée par ce Lieutenent & executée par ce Prevost.''
  
Line 2,112: Line 2,411:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 121-122.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 121-122.png|400x400px|center]]
|
+
| ''The low guard and position to execute the second strike of the subtlety, which is a low reversal, being on the right foot, will serve to gather information to report whether ignorant or knowledgeable, both for the attacking Lieutenant as well as for the defending Provost.''
| ''Garde & tenue basse, pour executer & faire le second coup desdites subtilitez, qui est un renvers de bas, estant sur le pied droit, lequel servira d’espion, pour rapporter ignorance ou scavoir, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant.''
 
  
Pour bien & adextrement executer cestedite seconde subtilité pour cedit Lieutenent, faut qu’il aye fait un desdits desgainemens, & pour tirer ce second coup faut que ledit Lieutenent soit sur le pied droit, en garde basse, le trenchant de l’espée en bas, et la garde de l’espée sur son giron droit, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la cuisse droite du Prevost, tenant sa main gauche droit sa brayette, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 121.
+
To skillfully and effectively execute the second subtlety for the Lieutenant, he must have made one of the drawings and to throw the second strike the Lieutenant must be on the right foot in low guard, the cutting edge of the sword down, the sword hilt upon the right lap, placing the sword point straight at the Provost's right thigh, keeping the left hand right of his braies as shown above at the portraiture marked number 121.
  
''La fin de la declaration de la garde pour ledit Lieutenent.''
+
''The end of the declaration of the guard for the Lieutenant.''
  
''Sensuit la garde & tenue pour ledit Prevost, & declaration d’icelle.''
+
''The following is the declaration of the guard and position for the Provost.''
  
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit Prevost aye fait mesme desmarche & desgainement, & presque garde, & qu’il se tienne, & soit sur le pied droit, tenant la garde de l’espée sur sa cuisse droite, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la braye dudit Lieutenent, ou à peu prés, tenant le trenchant de l’espée en bas, & sa main gauche la tient auprés de sa ceinture, la pointe des doids auprés de la braye comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre, 122.
+
And to do this, the Provost must have made the same step, drawing, and nearly the same guard, that he keeps himself, and be on the right foot, keeping the sword hilt upon the right thigh, placing the sword point straight at or around the Lieutenant's braies, keeping the cutting edge of the sword down, and his left hand kept near close to his belt, the fingertips near the braies as shown above at the portraiture marked number 122.
 +
 
 +
''The end and position for the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
| ''Garde & tenue basse, pour executer & faire le second coup desdites subtilitez, qui est un renvers de bas, estant sur le pied droit, lequel servira d’espion, pour rapporter ignorance ou scavoir, tant pour le Lieutenent assaillant, que pour le Prevost deffendant.''
 +
 
 +
Pour bien & adextrement executer cestedite seconde subtilité pour cedit Lieutenent, faut qu’il aye fait un desdits desgainemens, & pour tirer ce second coup faut que ledit Lieutenent soit sur le pied droit, en garde basse, le trenchant de l’espée en bas, et la garde de l’espée sur son giron droit, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la cuisse droite du Prevost, tenant sa main gauche droit sa brayette, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre 121.
 +
 
 +
''La fin de la declaration de la garde pour ledit Lieutenent.''
 +
 
 +
''Sensuit la garde & tenue pour ledit Prevost, & declaration d’icelle.''
 +
 
 +
Et pour ce faire, faut que ledit Prevost aye fait mesme desmarche & desgainement, & presque garde, & qu’il se tienne, & soit sur le pied droit, tenant la garde de l’espée sur sa cuisse droite, assituant la pointe de l’espée droit la braye dudit Lieutenent, ou à peu prés, tenant le trenchant de l’espée en bas, & sa main gauche la tient auprés de sa ceinture, la pointe des doids auprés de la braye comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre, 122.
  
 
''La fin & tenue pour ledit Prevost.''
 
''La fin & tenue pour ledit Prevost.''
Line 2,127: Line 2,437:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 123-124.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 123-124.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The second strike which is a low reversal will serve to gather information to better execute the second subtlety for the Lieutenant against the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant must be on the right foot in low guard as shown above at the other portraitures marked at the Lieutenant in number 121. And being on this step and guard, he pretends to throw a thrust at the Provost's face and at the same instant advances the left foot and throws a back-hand at the Provost's right knee, keeping the sword hilt a bit high and keeping the left hand below the sword arm as shown above at the portraiture marked number 123 behind his bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the strike which is a low reversal, which will serve to gather information for the Lieutenant to report back ignorance and not knowledge, as he has done.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is what the Provost does to defend against the low reversal throw by the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Provost being also on the right foot in low guard as shown at the portraiture marked number 122, and at this strike of the Lieutenant having advanced the left foot to throw a low back-hand at the Provost's knee, which seeing him charge it, the Provost pulls the right foot back and crosses his sword with that of the Lieutenant, which is ignorant, as done daily by all of the ignorant demonstrators; but the skilled and the learned no longer does this, because he must gain time in everything, and especially in the art of fencing, as will be seen later; and the Provost keeps his left hand right of his chest as shown at the portraiture marked number 124.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the false strike that this Provost has done because he has took the unsuitable and improper strike.''
 +
 
 
| ''Le second coup, qui est un renvers de bas, qui servira d’espion pour mieux faire & executer la seconde subtilité, pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
 
| ''Le second coup, qui est un renvers de bas, qui servira d’espion pour mieux faire & executer la seconde subtilité, pour le Lieutenent, contre le Prevost.''
  
Line 2,142: Line 2,463:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 125-126.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 125-126.png|400x400px|center]]
|  
+
| ''The second strike which is a reversal at the Provost's arms thrown and executed by this Lieutenant against the Provost, showing that he could do so, and without beating down on the sword, as he has does at the coming portraitures.''
 +
 
 +
And to do this, the Lieutenant being on the right foot in low guard as stated and shown above marked number 121. And the Lieutenant being on the right foot having pretended to throw a thrust at the Provost's face, advances the left foot to pretend to throw a back-hand at the knee, the Provost would want to beat down sword against sword as he normally does. The Lieutenant seeing this, winds back his sword and throws a back-hand at the sword arm's elbow, keeping the left hand below the sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture marked 125 behind his bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''The end of the reversal executed and shown by the Lieutenant to the Provost.''
 +
 
 +
''The following is what the Provost does.''
 +
 
 +
The Provost being on the right foot in low guard as shown at the portraiture marked 122, the Provost pulls his right foot back, throws a reversal at the Lieutenant's arms, and should not have crossed his sword with that of the Lieutenant, as he had done returning to beat down the aforementioned strike which is how the Lieutenant throws a reversal at his sword elbow, and keeping the Provost's  left hand right of his left nipple, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 126 behind his collar.
 +
 
 +
''The following is another very effective and subtle strike, leaving the reversal at the arms, and coming with a thrust to the chest, crossing the Provost's sword with the strong on weak, as shown here by the author at the Provost and consequently the Provost will have learned from the Lieutenant.''
 +
 
 
| ''Second coup qui est un renvers sur le bras du Prevost tiré & executé par ce prochain Lieutenent contre le Prevost, monstrant que luy en pouvoit faire autant, & non rabattre de l’espée, comme il a fait cy dessus aux prochaines pourtaitures.''
 
| ''Second coup qui est un renvers sur le bras du Prevost tiré & executé par ce prochain Lieutenent contre le Prevost, monstrant que luy en pouvoit faire autant, & non rabattre de l’espée, comme il a fait cy dessus aux prochaines pourtaitures.''
  
Line 2,159: Line 2,491:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 127-128.png|400x400px|center]]
 
| [[File:Sainct Didier 127-128.png|400x400px|center]]
|
+
| ''Another very effective and subtle strike for the Lieutenant against the Provost, leaving the back-hand at the elbow and throwing a thrust at the stomach, as shown here.''
| ''Autre fort bon, & subtil coup pour le Lieutenent contre le Prevost, laissant ledit arrieremain sur le coude & tirer un estoc au ventre, comme est monstré icy.''
 
  
Pour bien faire & executer cedit coup en estoc, qui est un coup subtil, & fort bon, est besoin, & faut que cedit Lieutenent soit sur le pied droit, & y estant advancera le pied gauche, & fera semblant de tirer un arrieremain de bas au jarret du Prevost, le Prevost le pensera rabattre alors le Lieutenant advancera le pied gauche et au lieu de tirer sur le bras, comme il a fait au coup precedent, croisera du fort de son espée au milieu de l’espée du Prevost, & luy presentera un estoc au ventre, & tiendra sa main gauche au dessous le coude du bras de son espée, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere du pennache de son chappeau 127.
+
To effectively execute the strike as a thrust, which is a subtle and very effective strike, the Lieutenant needs to be on the right foot, and being there he will advance the left foot and will pretend to throw a low back-hand at the Provost's knee, the Provost will think to beat it down so the Lieutenant will advance the left foot and instead of striking the arm, as he has done at the previous strike, he will cross the strong of his sword at the middle of the Provost's sword, and will present a thrust at the belly and will keep his left hand below the elbow of the sword arm, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 127 behind the plume of his hat.
  
''Voila ce que doit faire ledit Lieutenent pour bien executer & monstrer cedit coup en facon d’estoc au Prevost.''
+
''This is what the Lieutenant does to effectively execute and show the strike in the manner of the thrust at the Provost.''
  
''Sensuit ce que doit faire le Prevost pour le dernier coup de ceste espée seule.''
+
''The following is what the Provost must do for the last strike of the sword alone.''
 +
 
 +
And this last Provost of the entire treatise, being on the right foot, having seen that the Lieutenant wants to throw a low back-hand at the knee, the Provost pulled back his right foot and thought to throw a back-hand at the Lieutenant's sword arm, as was shown by the above portraiture of the Provost marked number 125, yet here the Provost has found himself frustrated by the execution of the reversal which he thought he was he doing well until the Lieutenant beat him down, strong on weak, and presented a thrust at him, but this was done by the Lieutenant to show the Provost that he can make two of the aforementioned strikes - the reversal and thrust - and so the last Prevost, is to keep his left hand right of his nipple to beat down the Lieutenant's sword since he was crossed strong on weak and cannot defend against a thrust other than with his left hand, as shown above at the portraiture marked number 128 near the plume of his bonnet.
 +
 
 +
''This is the end and the defense of the strike for the last Prevost against the Lieutenant, and every other content of in the treatise of the sword alone as stated, mother of all fencing.''
 +
 
 +
''Made and written by Henry de Saint Didier, Squire, Provencal Gentleman.''
 +
 
 +
''Next is a treatise written by the Author about tennis and how it relates to fencing, with the points and reasons that will be declared later.''
 +
| ''Autre fort bon, & subtil coup pour le Lieutenent contre le Prevost, laissant ledit arrieremain sur le coude & tirer un estoc au ventre, comme est monstré icy.''
 +
 
 +
Pour bien faire & executer cedit coup en estoc, qui est un coup subtil, & fort bon, est besoin, & faut que cedit Lieutenent soit sur le pied droit, & y estant advancera le pied gauche, & fera semblant de tirer un arrieremain de bas au jarret du Prevost, le Prevost le pensera rabattre alors le Lieutenant advancera le pied gauche et au lieu de tirer sur le bras, comme il a fait au coup precedent, croisera du fort de son espée au milieu de l’espée du Prevost, & luy presentera un estoc au ventre, & tiendra sa main gauche au dessous le coude du bras de son espée, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture, cotté en chiffre au derriere du pennache de son chappeau 127.
 +
 
 +
''Voila ce que doit faire ledit Lieutenent pour bien executer & monstrer cedit coup en facon d’estoc au Prevost.''
 +
 
 +
''Sensuit ce que doit faire le Prevost pour le dernier coup de ceste espée seule.''
  
 
Et ledit prochain & dernier Prevost, de tout cedit traité, estant sur le pied droit, a veu que le Lieutenent luy vouloit tirer un arrieremain de bas au jarret, ledit Prevost a tiré le pied droit arriere, & pensant tirer un arrieremain sur le bras de l’espée dudit Lieutenant, comme luy avoit esté monstré par luy cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, auquel est cotté en chiffre 125, & icy le Prevost s’est trouvé frustré de ladite execution de sondit renvers, qu’il pensoit bien faire attendu que ledit Lieutenant luy a rabatu, du fort le foible, & luy a presenté un estoc, mais cecy a esté fait par ledit Lieutenent monstrant au Prevost qu’il peut faire les deux susdits coups renvers estoc susdits, & tient cedit dernier Prevost sa main gauche droit le tetin pour rabbattre l’espée dudit Lieutenent, attendu que la luy a croisée du fort le foible, & ne la peut deffendre qu’il ne tire un estoc, si ce n’est de sadite main gauche, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffres auprés du pennache de son bonnet 128.
 
Et ledit prochain & dernier Prevost, de tout cedit traité, estant sur le pied droit, a veu que le Lieutenent luy vouloit tirer un arrieremain de bas au jarret, ledit Prevost a tiré le pied droit arriere, & pensant tirer un arrieremain sur le bras de l’espée dudit Lieutenant, comme luy avoit esté monstré par luy cy dessus à la pourtraiture dudit Prevost, auquel est cotté en chiffre 125, & icy le Prevost s’est trouvé frustré de ladite execution de sondit renvers, qu’il pensoit bien faire attendu que ledit Lieutenant luy a rabatu, du fort le foible, & luy a presenté un estoc, mais cecy a esté fait par ledit Lieutenent monstrant au Prevost qu’il peut faire les deux susdits coups renvers estoc susdits, & tient cedit dernier Prevost sa main gauche droit le tetin pour rabbattre l’espée dudit Lieutenent, attendu que la luy a croisée du fort le foible, & ne la peut deffendre qu’il ne tire un estoc, si ce n’est de sadite main gauche, comme est monstré cy dessus à sa pourtraiture cotté en chiffres auprés du pennache de son bonnet 128.
Line 2,174: Line 2,520:
 
''Fait & composé par Henry de Sainct Didier, Escuyer, Gentilhomme Provencal.''
 
''Fait & composé par Henry de Sainct Didier, Escuyer, Gentilhomme Provencal.''
  
Sensuit cy aprés un traité composé par l’Auteur, qui est de la paulme avec les armes, avec les points & raisons cy aprés declarez.
+
''Sensuit cy aprés un traité composé par l’Auteur, qui est de la paulme avec les armes, avec les points & raisons cy aprés declarez.''
 +
 
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|}
 +
{{master end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master begin
 +
| title = Palm Game
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by John Tse</p>
 +
! <p>[[Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (Henry de Sainct Didier)|First Edition]] (1573)<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 +
|-
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| ''The following is a treatise on exercise and certain points required to know the tennis, for all those who love it, written by the said Author, since it requires the same steps and to know the same strikes of the said fencing, as will be seen by this treatise, and the said Author because of the said affinity and friendship they have together, leads to alert and give instruction to the unlearned, which do not understand the terms of this exercise, and not for the learned and skillful.''
+
| ''The following is a treatise on exercise and certain points required to know the tennis, for all those who love it, written by the Author, since it requires the same steps and to know the same strikes of fencing, as will be seen by this treatise, and the Author because of the affinity and friendship they have together, leads to alert and give instruction to the unlearned, which do not understand the terms of this exercise, and not for the learned and skillful.''
  
The said author having considered that tennis, and fencing are closely related, as was said above, and whoever will be able to play said tennis easily would also have learned to throw sword strikes, and so is the opposite, but the one better than the other is fencing, because they preserve the health and honor of those who are afraid of losing it. Anyone could ask why are said fencing and tennis related? The Author responds to this and says that from the same strikes that one throws from said weapons to overcome his enemy in times of peace or to win money or some celebration, which are.
+
The author having considered that tennis and fencing are closely related, as stated above, and whoever is able to easily play tennis would also have learned to throw sword strikes, and so is the opposite, but the one that is better than the other is fencing because it preserves the health and honor of those who are afraid of losing them. Anyone could ask why fencing and tennis are related. The Author responds and says that the same strikes that one throws from fencing to overcome his enemy in times of peace or to win money or some celebration, which are:
  
 
# Right-hand
 
# Right-hand
# Backhand
+
# Reversal
 
# Thrust
 
# Thrust
  
It is true that one of the aforesaid strikes must be removed, which is the thrust, and only two will remain which are.
+
It is true that one of the aforementioned strikes must be removed, which is the thrust, and only two will remain which are:
  
 
# Right-hand
 
# Right-hand
# Backhand
+
# Reversal
  
The reason why I remove the said thrust is, since the racket has no point, and thus one would not be able to make a thrust.
+
The reason why I remove the thrust is that the racket has no point, and thus one would not be able to make a thrust.
  
It is true that sometimes we strike and beat down with the racket, when the ball comes straight to the face or higher, which is that we return the ball, and we beat it down with the racket when it comes from high or to the face keeping it straight, and leaning neither on the right nor left, and yet in this said game of tennis, there are only the aforementioned two strikes, right-hand and backhand. But it is necessary to multiply them properly to 4 targets, from high and low, for example right-hand from below, and right-hand from high, backhand from below, and backhand from high, and thus it is necessary to be very dextrous and graceful to know how to strike because they strike at each other as they do with said fencing. And knowing how to strike skillfully, we must observe the words of our ancestors who are skilled tennis players, (who said) whoever leaps to forsake the volley, will never be an esteemed player, it is necessary to take heed here, which is that when you can volley, you should never wait for a leap. The reason is that with a leap, several accidents can occur, yet on the volley, never, if one is well trained, and is safe.
+
It is true that sometimes we strike and beat down with the racket when the ball comes straight to the face or higher, which is that we return the ball, and we beat it down with the racket when it comes from high or to the face keeping it straight, and leaning neither on the right nor left, and yet in the game of tennis, there are only the aforementioned two strikes, right-hand and reversal. But it is necessary to multiply them properly to 4 targets, from high and low, for example right-hand from below, and right-hand from above, reversal from below, and reversal from above, and thus it is necessary to be very dexterous and graceful to know how to strike because we strike at each other as we do with fencing. And knowing how to strike skillfully, we must observe the words of our ancestors who are skilled tennis players, who whoever leaps to forsake the volley, will never be an esteemed player; it is necessary to take heed here, which is that when you can volley, you should never wait for a leap. The reason is that with a leap, several accidents can occur, yet on the volley, never, if one is well trained, and is safe.
  
The accident that can happen to the said volley is to crack the wood of the racket, but this is not an accident, instead it is a fault committed by the one who made the wood, and not from the inside of the racket to the ball. For this reason I want to warn those who are not yet sure of the leap, who practice the said volley, because it should never be done, but they are the ones who fail it, and if it is necessary, we still have recourse to the said leap, and yet who can, must always take said volley, and not said leap.
+
The accident that can happen to the volley is to crack the wood of the racket, but this is not an accident, instead it is a fault committed by the one who made the wood and not from the inside of the racket to the ball. For this reason I want to warn those who are not yet sure of the leap, who practice the volley, because it should never be done, but they are the ones who fail it, and if it is necessary, we still have recourse to the leap, and yet who can, must always take the volley, and not the leap.
  
''Next will be declared the points which are necessary in this game, and exercise of tennis, which must be observed.''
+
''Next will be declared the points which are necessary in the game and exercise of tennis which must be observed.''
  
The first requirement of one who wants to attack another, and consequently to take shoes with leaded or else heavy heels, and wear them for two or three hours, before starting his game, after this time passes, one comes to leave these said heavy heels and be satisfied with his shoes, or he gives himself light slippers, which are well in his point, and in doing so, such will find themselves more ready and skillful than those who will not do so, for experience is the master of all arts.
+
The first requirement of one who wants to attack another, consequently is to take leaded shoes or else heavy heels and wear them for two or three hours before starting his game; after the time passes, one will take off these heavy heels and be content with his own shoes, or he wears light slippers which are sufficient, and in doing so he will find that he is more ready and skillful than those who will not do so, for experience is the master of all arts.
  
The second requirement is to demand and choose the primary racket that is lightest in the hand. Just as all of the said fencing requires a light sword and a heavy dagger, tennis also must have a light racket and a weighted ball, weighing not too much nor too little, because everything that is too much or too little is worthless.
+
The second requirement is to demand and choose the primary racket that is lightest in the hand. Just as all of fencing requires a light sword and a heavy dagger, tennis also must have a light racket and a weighted ball, weighing not too much nor too little, because everything that is too much or too little is worthless.
  
The third point that is required is that we have to watch that when we are playing tennis to have another racket other than the one we want to use, and tell the opposing party to throw the racket, to see which will be in or out, and they when then say to throw your own if he lets you, throw the bad one and not the good one for the reason that will be declared afterwards, and if he wants to throw his own, let him throw it away because throwing it weakens the cord, wasting it since the cords are loosened, and thus it will not be able to serve as well as it had done before. One could say that he will ask for another, but respond to this that it is possible to not be able to find as good in the hand as the one that had been previously found that he did not want to keep because very often a racket is an advantage just as a good sword is also an advantage that one will overcome his enemy.
+
The third point requires that we have to watch that when we are playing tennis is to have another racket other than the one we want to use, and tell the opposing party to throw the racket to see which will be in or out, and then when they say to throw your own if he lets you, throw the bad one and not the good one for the reason that will be declared later, and if he wants to throw his own, let him throw it away because throwing it weakens the cord, wasting it since the cords are loosened, and thus it will not be able to serve as well as it had before. One could say that he will ask for another, but respond to this that it is possible to not be able to find as good in the hand as the one that had been previously found that he did not want to keep because very often a racket is an advantage just as a good sword is also an advantage that one will overcome his enemy.
  
The fourth point, having carefully observed all that is said, remains to be seen on which step, it is necessary to take to perform well the said art of the said tennis, and to serve the ball well on the roof, and give a wicked game as much as possible throughout the game. I say that as good practice for all the said strikes being multiplied, and to serve well, it is necessary to be held on the left foot for the first time, and almost always while doing a pirouette on it: look for the ball on the side it will travel. Some might say I don't know where the ball will go and cannot decide. One should consider when deciding where the ball will be hit by their opposing party. Observe him and decide where he wants to hit it, this is very good. But I'll give one that's better, and the apparent reason. This aforementioned judgment is often deceptive because by the observing; one cannot surely decide what the inside wants to do and execute, which is to direct and cast the ball. I only want to decide based on where the opposing party can cast it. Do not observe him because he will deceive you, but instead look closely at the ball being served. And never lose sight of the said ball because whoever is outside direct and leads without being misled by the inside, and the will of your opposing party, and yet being sure of your hand, without fail you will easily defeat your opponent without observing, because looking at him you will think that he casts the ball at you in the opposite direction of his gaze yet the inside will be entirely different, and nevertheless, you could be deceived by looking at your opposing party, yet you will never be looking at the ball. And it is the argument that I have made of said fencing, which must look at the tip of the sword, and not at the intent of the man.
+
The fourth point, having carefully observed all that is said, that remains is on which step it is necessary to take to effectively perform the art of tennis, and to serve the ball well on the roof, and give a wicked game as much as possible throughout the game. I say that as good practice for all the strikes being multiplied and to serve well, it is necessary to keep on the left foot initially and almost always while doing a pirouette on it: look for the ball on the side it will travel. Some might say, "I don't know where the ball will go and cannot decide." One should consider when deciding where the ball will be hit by their opposing party, observe him and decide where he wants to hit it is fine. But I'll give one that's better and the apparent reason. The aforementioned judgment is often deceptive because by observing him, one cannot truly figure out what the inside wants to do and execute which is to direct and cast the ball. I only want to decide based on where the opposing party can cast it. Do not observe him because he will deceive you, but instead look closely at the ball being served. And never lose sight of the ball because whoever is outside direct and leads without being misled by the inside which is the will of your opposing party; and yet being sure of your hand, without fail you will easily defeat your opponent without observing him; however if you look at him you will think that he casts the ball at you in the opposite direction of his gaze yet the inside will be entirely different, and nevertheless, you could be deceived by looking at your opposing party, so you will never be looking at the ball. And it is this argument that I have made of fencing where you must look at the sword point and not at the intent of the man.
  
''I do not put these said reasons for those who understand them, but on the contrary for those who do not understand them.''
+
''I do not put these reasons for those who already understand them, but on the contrary for those who do not understand them.''
  
I was kind enough to speak of tennis because a brave man who is one of the good players came to see me two or three times only, and having learned well two or three strikes, he increased his skill almost by fifteen, and the said brave man throws a fronthand and backhand very gracefully, and thus tennis and the said fencing, as said is, have a great affinity.
+
I was kind enough to speak of tennis because a brave man who is one of the good players came to see me two or three times only, and having learned effectively two or three strikes, he increased his skill almost by fifteen; and the brave man throws a forehand and reversal very gracefully, and thus tennis and fencing, as stated have a great affinity.
  
 
END.
 
END.
Line 2,245: Line 2,608:
 
''Je ne mets cesdites raisons pour ceux qui les entendent, mais au contraire pour ceux qui ne les entendent.''
 
''Je ne mets cesdites raisons pour ceux qui les entendent, mais au contraire pour ceux qui ne les entendent.''
  
J’ay bien voulu parler de la paulme par ce que le brave qui est un des bons joueurs en icelle m’est venu voir deux ou trois fois seullement, & ayant bien aprins deux ou trois coups, il a augmenté son adresse presque de quinze, & tire ledit brave un avantmain & arrieremain de fort bonne grace, & par ainsi la paulme & lesdites armes, comme dit est, ont une grande affinité.
+
J’ay bien voulu parler de la paulme par ce que le brave qui est un des bons joueurs en icelle m’est venu voir deux ou trois fois seullement, & ayant bien aprins deux ou trois coups, il a augmenté son adresse presque de quinze, & tire ledit brave un avantmain & arrieremain de fort bonne grace, & par ainsi la paulme & lesdites armes, comme dit est, ont une grande affinité.
 
+
 
FIN.
+
FIN.
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| Friendly reader,
 +
 
 +
Whoever among you buy these books from and won't find in them the name and initials of the Author written by his hand, such books are not to be sold by their will, for this reason, he asks you to have them brought to his house, and he will give you back the money that they cost you, telling him who have sold them to you, and if he will give you as much what he will bring, which will cost you nothing, and besides you will show the author and will declare the contents of him, which will cost you nothing to have recourse in justice against those who such books will have sold and will please him.
 +
 
 +
|  Amy lecteur.
 +
 
 +
Qui d’entre vous acheptera de ces livres, & n’y trouvera le nom surnom & paraffe de l’Aucteur escrit de sa main, tels livres ne seront vendus par la volonté d’iceluy, à ceste cause, il vous prie les luy faire apporter en sa maison, & il vous rendra l’argent qu’ils vous auront cousté, luy disant qui vous les aura vendus, & si vous en donnera autant, que luy en apporterez, qui ne vous cousteront rien, & outre vous monstrera ledit auteur & declarera le contenu d’iceluy, qui ne vous coustera rien pour avoir recours par justice à l’encontre de ceux qui tels livres auront vendus & luy ferez plaisir.
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| FRIENDLY READER,
 +
 
 +
The author is cognizant that fencing and law are two virtues most required to acquire the friendship of Kings, Princes, and Lords, even of Ladies. For this reason the Author preferred to choose and follow the art and practice of this than of the law: not that he abandoned them completely; but in this were practiced for the space of thirty years and after many long days, God bestowed him the grace with which he dedicated and in fact presented this treatise to one of the greatest Christian Monarchs under heaven. And by his command took with his Highness fencing, and with my Lord the Duke of Guise and others of his court, of which the Author has praised and praises God, who has made him well and fortunate and with favor of His Majesty. Because of this, he once again took courage and daring, after being privileged by the Lord to have it printed, and put in light for the relief and satisfaction of his nobility and for public good. There may be some who may slander against the Author for the reasoning of the treatise and other little discourse, and advices made on the exercises and tennis. The Author has not dealt with what was said, for those who are skillful and have experimented and who understand the real terms, which are required in the two exercises; but good for those who do not understand them, that is to say fencing and tennis.
 +
 
 +
For this reason the Author requests that the Readers only to take it in good faith and to excuse him. And do not look at the language nor to the letter nor the skin<ref>lit. bark or shell, outer layer. Idiom similar to "Don't judge a book by its cover.</ref> of it, because at times it can find itself, for such things will contradict itself and will want to slander what he does not know and does not know how to do, and having wanted and spoken to the Author who may discuss with you for an explanation, and effectively show the treatise's contents, of which the contradictors, if any are found, may be satisfied, if the wise and their thoughts are determined and facts will not do it, thus they will address the Author who will be able to make them satisfied with the reason for his explanations.
 +
 
 +
This treaty finished printing on June 4, 1573.
 +
 
 +
|  AMY LECTEUR.
 +
 
 +
L’auteur cognoissant que les armes, & les loix, sont deux vertus plus requises, à faire acquerir l’amitié des Roys, Princes, & Seigneurs, mesmes des Dames. À ceste cause ledit Auteur a mieux aymé choisir & suivra l’art & pratique d’icelles, que desdites loix : non que du tout il les aye abandonnées : mais en icelles s’est exercé l’espace de trente ans, & aprés ses longs jours, Dieu luy a fait la grace qu’il a dedié, & de fait presenté cedit traité, estant à un des plus grands Monarques Chrestiens, qui soit soubs le ciel. Et par son commandement ay tiré avec son Altesse ausdites armes, & avec Monseigneur le Duc de Guise, & autres de sa court, dont l’Auteur en a loué & loue Dieu, qui luy a fait ce bien qu’il a eu cest heur & faveur de sadite Majesté. À ceste cause a derechef prins courage & hardiesse, aprés le privilege par ledit Sieur à luy donné, de le faire imprimer, & mettre en lumiere pour le soulagement, & contentement de sa noblesse, & bien public. Il en pourra avoir quelques uns qui pourront calomnier contre ledit Auteur, pour raison dudit traité, & autres petits discours, & advertissement qu’a fait sur l’exercice & jeu de la paulme. Ledit Auteur n’a traitté de ce que dit est, pour ceux qui sont adroits, & experimentez, & qui entendent les vrais termes, qui sont requis ausdits deux exercices ; mais bien pour ceux qui ne les entendent, c’est à dire des armes & de la paulme.
 +
 
 +
À ceste cause l’Auteur prie les Lecteurs, ne le vouloir prendre que en bonne part, & l’excuser. Et ne regarder au langage, ne à la lettre & escorce d’icelle, ains au temps que y peult consister, car tel y contredira, & y vouldra calomnier qu’il n’en à sceu & n’en scavroit faire aultant, & ayant veu & oy parler ledit Auteur qui vous pourra discourir par raisons, & monstrer par effait le contenu dudit traité, dont lesdits contredisans (si aucuns s’en treuvent) se pourront trouver contens, les saiges & arestez en paroles & en faits ne le feront, ains s’adresseront à l’Auteur qui les pourra rendre contens par la raison de son dire.
 +
 
 +
Cedit traité a esté achevé d’imprimer le 4 de Juing, 1573.
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Friendly reader,
+
| PRIVILEGE OF THE KING.
 
+
King Charles of France by the grace of God. To our friends and foes, the people on the courts of Parliament, Bailiffs, Officials, Provosts, or their Lieutenants, and to all our justices and officers, and to anyone who wishes to be included, salutations and blessings. Our dear and good friend Provencal Gentleman Esquire Henry S. Didier, we have heard that he wrote certain books that he had dedicated to us in the manner of fencing, namely on the sword alone, the sword and dagger, sword and cape, sword and rondel, sword and targe, sword and buckler, two-handed sword, dual-wielding swords, and dagger alone, written for the art, order, and practice with the means to defend and attack at the same time with strikes that can be thrown both in attacking as well as in defending, which is very useful and notable for making skillful youths which similarly he will write for all of the weapons he would like to glady have printed and illuminated. However as something that he could only do with great expense and fees, he fears that after having incurred the expenses, no printer nor booksellers nor anyone else, to his serious detriment and damage, would reprint them if he did not have our permission and special privilege. To that end, we have humbly implored and requested him to provide this letter as necessary. We desire with these causes as much as possible for us to treat every people with knowledge to the maintenance and advancement of things that are useful and beneficial to the public. So to encourage everyone to more willingly strive to do the same, having audited S. Didier, we have granted by those present that he can be free to have the all of the books written by him on the same subjects mentioned above printed by any printer as he sees fit. And to that end, whoever the printers chosen will be in charge of the books, will be compensated for the fees as is acceptable for doing this effect. We have continued to inhibit and defend all other booksellers and printers in our Kingdom, land, and lordship of our obedience, that during the terms of ten consecutive years following to be counted from the day and date to its books will have been printed, they cannot print neither large, small, nor any other form whatever form it takes, and do not sell the above books, which will have been printed by no other than by him or those who will be in charge of S. Didier, on pain of arbitrary fine, confiscation, and loss of all books. If we mandate you, we commit and enjoin by those presents and to each of you in right be, if as it will belong to him, that according to our granted permissions and will, you make or have made express inhibitions and defenses by us on the penalties mentioned above, and other than that will be imposed on all printers and  booksellers remaining in your rights and jurisdictions that by afterwards, none of them other than the one who will have charge and express commission by S. Didier, do not print nor put for sale during the time of ten years the books above mention and if after the orders made you find any offenders proceed against them by condemnation of penalties and otherwise also that will be done according to the requirements of the cases, because such is our pleasure, and because of the contents in those aforementioned present will be able to deal in several and various places. We want the vidimus<ref>A vidimus is a certified copy of an earlier act</ref> of these to be made under royal seal or collated by one of our notaries and secretaries done either as this present original and that by putting a brief or extracting the content in its present at the beginning of the aforementioned books they are held as it should be, signaling to all the aforementioned booksellers and printers and others like them. Given in Paris on the twenty third day of January in the year of the Lord one thousand five hundred and seventy-three of the thirteenth reign<ref>of King Charles IX</ref>. Thus signed for the King by Brulart<ref>It must be either Pierre or Jean Brûlart who both served on Parliament</ref> and sealed on a simple yellow wax queue<ref>If the seal is appended to the document with a strip of parchment, it is called a "queue". If there is a double strip, it is then called a "double queue".</ref>
Whoever among you buy these books from and won't find in them the name and initials of the Author written by his hand, such books will not be sold by their will, for this reason, he asks you to have them brought to his house, and he will give you back the money that they cost you, telling him who have sold them to you, and if he will give you as much what he will bring, which will cost you nothing, and besides you will show the said author and will declare the contents of him, which will cost you nothing to have recourse in justice against those who such books will have sold and will please him.
 
 
 
|  Amy lecteur.
 
 
 
Qui d’entre vous acheptera de ces livres, & n’y trouvera le nom surnom & paraffe de l’Aucteur escrit de sa main, tels livres ne seront vendus par la volonté d’iceluy, à ceste cause, il vous prie les luy faire apporter en sa maison, & il vous rendra l’argent qu’ils vous auront cousté, luy disant qui vous les aura vendus, & si vous en donnera autant, que luy en apporterez, qui ne vous cousteront rien, & outre vous monstrera ledit auteur & declarera le contenu d’iceluy, qui ne vous coustera rien pour avoir recours par justice à l’encontre de ceux qui tels livres auront vendus & luy ferez plaisir.
 
|-
 
|
 
| FRIENDLY READER,
 
 
 
The author is cognizant that fencing and the law are two virtues most required to acquire the friendship of Kings, Princes, and Lords, even of Ladies. For this reason the said Author preferred to choose and follow the art and practice of this than of the said law: not that he abandoned them at all: but in this were practiced for the space of thirty years, and after many long days, God bestowed him the grace which he dedicated and in fact presented this treatise to one of the greatest Christian Monarchs under heaven. And by his command took with his Highness the said fencing, and with my Lord the Duke of Guise and others of his court, of which the Author has praised and praises God, who has made him well and fortunate and with favor of His said Majesty. Because of this, he once again took courage and daring, after being privileged by the said Sir to have it printed, and put in light for the relief and satisfaction of his nobility and for public good. There may be some who may slander against the said Author for the reasoning of the said treatise and other little discourse, and advices made on the exercises and tennis. The said Author has not dealt with what was said, for those who are skillful and have experimented and who understand the real terms, which are required in the said two exercises; but good for those who do not understand them, that is to say fencing and tennis.
 
 
 
For this reason the Author requests that the Readers only to take it in good part and to excuse him. And do not look at the language nor to the letter nor the skin<ref>lit. bark or shell, outer layer. Idiom similar to "Don't judge a book by its cover.</ref> of it, because at times it can find itself, for such things will contradict it and will want to slander what he does not know and does not know how to do, and having wanted and spoken to the said Author who may discuss with you for an explanation, and effectively show the contents of the said treatise, of which the said contradictors (if any are found) may be content, if the wise and their thoughts are determined and facts will not do it, thus they will address the Author who will be able to make them content with the reason for his sayings.
 
 
 
This treaty finished printing on June 4, 1573.
 
 
 
| AMY LECTEUR.
 
 
 
L’auteur cognoissant que les armes, & les loix, sont deux vertus plus requises, à faire acquerir l’amitié des Roys, Princes, & Seigneurs, mesmes des Dames. À ceste cause ledit Auteur a mieux aymé choisir & suivra l’art & pratique d’icelles, que desdites loix : non que du tout il les aye abandonnées : mais en icelles s’est exercé l’espace de trente ans, & aprés ses longs jours, Dieu luy a fait la grace qu’il a dedié, & de fait presenté cedit traité, estant à un des plus grands Monarques Chrestiens, qui soit soubs le ciel. Et par son commandement ay tiré avec son Altesse ausdites armes, & avec Monseigneur le Duc de Guise, & autres de sa court, dont l’Auteur en a loué & loue Dieu, qui luy a fait ce bien qu’il a eu cest heur & faveur de sadite Majesté. À ceste cause a derechef prins courage & hardiesse, aprés le privilege par ledit Sieur à luy donné, de le faire imprimer, & mettre en lumiere pour le soulagement, & contentement de sa noblesse, & bien public. Il en pourra avoir quelques uns qui pourront calomnier contre ledit Auteur, pour raison dudit traité, & autres petits discours, & advertissement qu’a fait sur l’exercice & jeu de la paulme. Ledit Auteur n’a traitté de ce que dit est, pour ceux qui sont adroits, & experimentez, & qui entendent les vrais termes, qui sont requis ausdits deux exercices ; mais bien pour ceux qui ne les entendent, c’est à dire des armes & de la paulme.
 
 
 
À ceste cause l’Auteur prie les Lecteurs, ne le vouloir prendre que en bonne part, & l’excuser. Et ne regarder au langage, ne à la lettre & escorce d’icelle, ains au temps que y peult consister, car tel y contredira, & y vouldra calomnier qu’il n’en à sceu & n’en scavroit faire aultant, & ayant veu & oy parler ledit Auteur qui vous pourra discourir par raisons, & monstrer par effait le contenu dudit traité, dont lesdits contredisans (si aucuns s’en treuvent) se pourront trouver contens, les saiges & arestez en paroles & en faits ne le feront, ains s’adresseront à l’Auteur qui les pourra rendre contens par la raison de son dire.
 
  
Cedit traité a esté achevé d’imprimer le 4 de Juing, 1573.
 
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
 
|  PRIVILEGE DU ROY.
 
|  PRIVILEGE DU ROY.
  
Charles par la grace de Dieu Roy de France. À noz amez & feaux, les gens tenans noz courts de Parlements, Baillifs, Senechaux, Prevosts, ou leurs Lieutenents, & à tous noz justiciers & officiers, & à chacun d’eux, si comme à luy appartiendra, Salut & dilection<ref>Dilection : attachement, amour pur.</ref>. Nostre cher & bien amé Henry de S. Didier Escuyer, gentilhomme Provençal, nous a fait entendre qu’il compose certains livres qu’il nous a dediez, sur la maniere de tirer des armes, à scavoir de l’espée seule, espée & dague, espée cape, espée rondelle, espée targue, espée bouclier, espée à deux mains, les deux espées, & la dague seule, redigez par art, ordre & pratique, avec moyen de soy deffendre & offencer en un mesme temps, des coups qu’on peut tirer, tant en assaillant, qu’en deffendant, fort utilles & notables pour adextrer la jeunesse, lesquels & semblablement tous ceux qu’il composera pour le fait des armes, il desireroit volontiers faire imprimer & mettre en lumiere. Toutefois estant chose qu’il n’a peu faire qu’avec grands fraits & despens, il craint qu’aprés y avoir esposé lesdits fraits, aucuns imprimeurs, ou libraires, & autres ne les feist à son grand detriment, & dommage, rimprimer, s’il n’avoit de nous permission, & privilege special. À ceste fin nous ayant humblement fait supplier, & requerir luy vouloir sur ce pourvoir de noz lettres à ce necessaires. Nous à ces causes desirans, en tant qu’il nous sera possible, favorablement traiter toutes personnes de bon scavoir, à l’entretenement & advencement des choses utiles, & profitables au public. Afin que chacun plus volontiers s’esvertue de faire le semblable, avons audit de S. Didier permis & octroyé, permettons & octroyons par ces presentes, qu’il puisse & luy soit loisible faire imprimer par tel imprimeur que bon luy semblera, lesdits livres cy dessus mentionnez, ensemble tous ceux qui seront par luy composez, sur le mesme subjet. Et à fin que celuy ou ceux desdits imprimeurs, qui auront charge de luy, de ce faire, ayant moyen d’eux recompenser des fraits, qu’il conviendra faire pour cest effet. Avons inhibé & defendu, inhibons & deffendons à tous autre libraires & imprimeurs de cestuy nostre Royaume, pais terres & seigneurie de nostre obeissance, que durant le temps & terme de dix ans ensuivans, consecutifs, à conter du jour & date qu’à sesdits livres auront esté imprimez, il n’ayent à imprimer, ne faire imprimer, ne grande, petite, ou autre forme, quelle qu’elle soit, ne vendre les dessusdits livres, qui auront esté imprimez par autres que par celuy ou ceux qui auront charge dudit de S. Didier, sur peine d’amende arbitraire, & de confiscation, & perte de tous lesdits livres. Si voulons & vous mandons, commettons & enjoignons par
+
Charles par la grace de Dieu Roy de France. À noz amez & feaux, les gens tenans noz courts de Parlements, Baillifs, Senechaux, Prevosts, ou leurs Lieutenents, & à tous noz justiciers & officiers, & à chacun d’eux, si comme à luy appartiendra, Salut & dilection<ref>Dilection : attachement, amour pur.</ref>. Nostre cher & bien amé Henry de S. Didier Escuyer, gentilhomme Provençal, nous a fait entendre qu’il compose certains livres qu’il nous a dediez, sur la maniere de tirer des armes, à scavoir de l’espée seule, espée & dague, espée cape, espée rondelle, espée targue, espée bouclier, espée à deux mains, les deux espées, & la dague seule, redigez par art, ordre & pratique, avec moyen de soy deffendre & offencer en un mesme temps, des coups qu’on peut tirer, tant en assaillant, qu’en deffendant, fort utilles & notables pour adextrer la jeunesse, lesquels & semblablement tous ceux qu’il composera pour le fait des armes, il desireroit volontiers faire imprimer & mettre en lumiere. Toutefois estant chose qu’il n’a peu faire qu’avec grands fraits & despens, il craint qu’aprés y avoir esposé lesdits fraits, aucuns imprimeurs, ou libraires, & autres ne les feist à son grand detriment, & dommage, rimprimer, s’il n’avoit de nous permission, & privilege special. À ceste fin nous ayant humblement fait supplier, & requerir luy vouloir sur ce pourvoir de noz lettres à ce necessaires. Nous à ces causes desirans, en tant qu’il nous sera possible, favorablement traiter toutes personnes de bon scavoir, à l’entretenement & advencement des choses utiles, & profitables au public. Afin que chacun plus volontiers s’esvertue de faire le semblable, avons audit de S. Didier permis & octroyé, permettons & octroyons par ces presentes, qu’il puisse & luy soit loisible faire imprimer par tel imprimeur que bon luy semblera, lesdits livres cy dessus mentionnez, ensemble tous ceux qui seront par luy composez, sur le mesme subjet. Et à fin que celuy ou ceux desdits imprimeurs, qui auront charge de luy, de ce faire, ayant moyen d’eux recompenser des fraits, qu’il conviendra faire pour cest effet. Avons inhibé & defendu, inhibons & deffendons à tous autre libraires & imprimeurs de cestuy nostre Royaume, pais terres & seigneurie de nostre obeissance, que durant le temps & terme de dix ans ensuivans, consecutifs, à conter du jour & date qu’à sesdits livres auront esté imprimez, il n’ayent à imprimer, ne faire imprimer, ne grande, petite, ou autre forme, quelle qu’elle soit, ne vendre les dessusdits livres, qui auront esté imprimez par autres que par celuy ou ceux qui auront charge dudit de S. Didier, sur peine d’amende arbitraire, & de confiscation, & perte de tous lesdits livres. Si voulons & vous mandons, commettons & enjoignons par ces presentes, & à chacun de vous en droit soy, si comme à luy appartiendra, que selon & ensuivant noz permissions octroy & vouloir, vous faites ou faites faire expresses inhibitions & deffenses de par nous sur les peines cy dessus indites, & autre que verrez estre à imposer à tous imprimeurs & libraires demourans en voz destroits, & juridictions, que par cy aprés eulx, n’aucuns d’eux, autre que celuy qui aura charge & commission expresse dudit de S. Didier, pour ce faire n’ayent à imprimer ne faire imprimer, mettre n’exposer en vente, durant ledit temps de dix ans lesdits livres cy dessus mentionez & si aprés lesdits commandemens faits vous trouvez aucuns contrevenans à iceux procedez à l’encontre d’eux par condemnation desdites peines & autrement aussi que verrez estre à faire selon l’exigence des cas, car tel est nostre plaisir, & parce que du contenu en cesdites presentes l’on pourra avoir affaire en plusieurs & divers lieux. Nous voulons qu’au vidimus<ref>Un vidimus est la copie certifiée d'un acte antérieur.</ref> d’icelles fait soubs scel royal ou collationné par l’un de noz notaires & secretaires fait soit adjousté comme à ce present original & que en mettant par brief ou extrait le contenu en sesdites presentes au commencement desdits livres elles soient tenues pour deuement signifiees à tous libraires & imprimeurs dessusdits & autres qu’il appartiendra. Donné à Paris le vingtroisiesme jour de Janvier l’an de grace mil cinq cens soixante & treize de nostre regne le treziesme. Ainsi signé par le Roy Brullart<ref>Il doit s'agit de Pierre ou Jean Brûlart (tout deux avait une charge au Parlement) qui signe pour le roi.</ref> & seellées sur simple queue de cire jaulne.
ces presentes, & à chacun de vous en droit soy, si comme à luy appartiendra, que selon & ensuivant noz permissions octroy & vouloir, vous faites ou faites faire expresses inhibitions & deffenses de par nous sur les peines cy dessus indites, & autre que verrez estre à imposer à tous imprimeurs & libraires demourans en voz destroits, & juridictions, que par cy aprés eulx, n’aucuns d’eux, autre que celuy qui aura charge &
 
commission expresse dudit de S. Didier, pour ce faire n’ayent à imprimer ne faire imprimer, mettre n’exposer en vente, durant ledit temps de dix ans lesdits livres cy dessus mentionez & si aprés lesdits commandemens faits vous trouvez aucuns contrevenans à iceux procedez à l’encontre d’eux par condemnation desdites peines & autrement aussi que verrez estre à faire selon l’exigence des cas, car tel est nostre plaisir, & parce que du
 
contenu en cesdites presentes l’on pourra avoir affaire en plusieurs & divers lieux. Nous voulons qu’au vidimus<ref>Un vidimus est la copie certifiée d'un acte antérieur.</ref> d’icelles fait soubs scel royal ou collationné par l’un de noz notaires & secretaires fait soit adjousté comme à ce present original & que en mettant par brief ou extrait le contenu en sesdites presentes au commencement desdits livres elles soient tenues pour deuement signifiees à tous libraires & imprimeurs dessusdits & autres qu’il appartiendra. Donné à Paris le vingtroisiesme jour de Janvier l’an de grace mil cinq cens soixante & treize de nostre regne le treziesme. Ainsi signé par le Roy Brullart<ref>Il doit s'agit de Pierre ou Jean Brûlart (tout deux avait une charge au Parlement) qui signe pour le roi.</ref> & seellées sur simple queue de cire jaulne.
 
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 2,305: Line 2,667:
 
{{sourcebox
 
{{sourcebox
 
  | work        = Translation
 
  | work        = Translation
  | authors    =  
+
  | authors    = [[translator::John Tse]]
 
  | source link =  
 
  | source link =  
  | source title=  
+
  | source title= Wiktenauer
  | license    =  
+
  | license    = attribution
 
}}
 
}}
 
{{sourcebox
 
{{sourcebox
Line 2,322: Line 2,684:
 
== Additional Resources ==
 
== Additional Resources ==
  
* Hyatt, Robert Preston and Wilson, Devon. "The Single Sword of Henry de Sainct Didier." ''Masters of Medieval and Renaissance Martial Arts''. Ed. [[Jeffrey Hull]]. Boulder, CO: [[Paladin Press]], 2008. ISBN 978-1-58160-668-3
+
{{bibliography}}
* [[Henry de Sainct Didier|Sainct Didier, Henry de]]. ''The Single Sword of Henry de Sainct-Didier (Traicté Contenant Les Secrets Du Premier Livre Sur L'Espée Seule)''. Trans. Robert Preston Hyatt and Devon Wilson. Boulder, CO: Paladin Press, 2009. ISBN 978-1581607048
 
* Slee, Chris. ''Secrets of the Sword Alone''. LongEdge Press, 2014. ISBN 978-0646926353
 
  
 
== References ==
 
== References ==
Line 2,336: Line 2,696:
 
[[Category:French]]
 
[[Category:French]]
  
[[Category:Copy/Pasting]]
+
[[Category:Arming Sword]]
[[Category:Translation]]
 
 
 
[[Category:Dagger]]
 
[[Category:Double Side Swords]]
 
[[Category:Greatsword]]
 
 
[[Category:Side Sword]]
 
[[Category:Side Sword]]
[[Category:Sword and Buckler]]
+
[[Category:Rapier]]
[[Category:Sword and Cloak]]
 
[[Category:Sword and Dagger]]
 
[[Category:Sword and Shield]]
 
  
 
[[Category:Old format]]
 
[[Category:Old format]]

Latest revision as of 20:00, 26 January 2024

Henry de Sainct Didier
Born 1530s (?)
Pertuis, Provence
Died after 1584
Paris, France (?)
Occupation Fencing master
Patron Charles IX of France
Influences
Influenced Salvator Fabris (Extremely dubious)
Genres Fencing manual
Language Middle French
Notable work(s) Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule (1573)
Translations Traducción castellano
Signature Henry de Sainct Didier sig.png

Henry de Sainct Didier, Esq. was a 16th century French fencing master. He was born to a noble family in Pertuis in the Provence region of France, son of Luc de Sainct Didier. Sainct Didier made his career in the French army, ultimately serving 25 years and seeing action in Piedmont, Italy from 1554 - 1555. He wrote of himself that he "lived his whole life learning to fight with the single sword" and eventually "reached a point of perfection" in his art. Apparently he became a fencing master of some renown, for in ca. 1573 he secured a royal privilege for a period of ten years for treatises on a number of weapons, including the dagger, single sword, double swords, sword and buckler, sword and cloak, sword and dagger, sword and shield (both rotella and targe), and greatsword. Unfortunately, only his treatise on the single sword, titled Les secrets du premier livre sur l'espée seule ("Secrets of the Premier Book on the Single Sword") and printed on 4 June 1573, is known to survive; it seems likely that the others were never published at all.

Treatise

Additional Resources

The following is a list of publications containing scans, transcriptions, and translations relevant to this article, as well as published peer-reviewed research.

References

  1. Pristin : ancien, antérieur
  2. Insertion du « a ».
  3. The "es" is a wooden board placed in the back wall of the tennis court which, if hit by a volley, is scored immediately. In modern tennis, this board is replaced by a grid.
  4. « L'es », habituellement orthographiée « ais », désigne une planche de bois placée dans le mur du fond de la salle de jeu de paume qui, si elle est touchée par un coup de volée, donne le point immédiatement. Dans le jeu de paume moderne, cette planche est remplacée par une grille. Il est possible que cet « ais » ait donné le terme anglais d'« ace » que les étymologies modernes confondent avec l'« as » du jeu de carte. Voir la définition d' « ais » de l'Encyclopédie de Diderot et d'Alembert.
  5. L’esteuf : ancien nom pour la balle.
  6. précéder. « Préaller » subsiste en français sous la forme « préalable ».
  7. Il s’agit très probablement du maître d'arme italien Fabris Salvator de Padoue (1544-1617). Voir la note sur Fabris Salvator de Vigeant p. 162 et aussi les références à ses publications (Vigeant p. 55-56)
  8. Version alimentaire de l’adage « blanc bonnet et bonnet blanc ».
  9. Transcription la plus sûre du texte : « gran d erre »
  10. Serviteur du grand prêtre venu arrêter Jésus au Mont des Olivier et dont l’oreille coupée a été immédiatement guérie. Selon la lecture du passage, il est parfois pris pour celui qui soufflète Jésus.
  11. Un des anciens nom de l’abeille.
  12. Sens incertain ; peut-être s'agit-il d'une mauvaise graphie de « filial ».
  13. drillant : étincellant, brillant (dictionnaire de Nicot).
  14. Correction du texte d’origine donnant « peid ».
  15. Cette correction sur les images d'Henri de Saint-Didier indique que celles-ci ont été réalisées avant la version finale du texte.
  16. Le « o » de troisiesme est curieusement placé en exposant.
  17. Suppression du doublement de l'esperluette.
  18. Dupuis states the original says left but is incompatible with the rest of the text and the engraving.
  19. Proposition de correction de l’édition originale qui donne « gauche », en incohérence avec la gravure et le texte plus bas qui confirme que la posture du Lieutenent est identique à celle de la section précédente où c’était bien le pied droit qui était reculé.
  20. Deuxième remarque de l'auteur sur les gravures montrant que le texte a été retouché après réception des gravures. À comparer avec une remarque similaire faite dans le i.33.
  21. Correction du texte d’origine donnant « Leiutenent ».
  22. In modern fencing, dérobement is a fencing term for disengage. In French it means to shirk or to avoid.
  23. Correction de l'édition originale qui omet lors d'un changement de page le début du mot « haute »
  24. The position of the hand illustrates the fingers down, in opposition to the text.
  25. La position de la main illustrée a les doigts au-dessus, en opposition avec le texte.
  26. Proposition de correction pour « bessoin »
  27. Proposition de correction pour « avan-main »
  28. Proposition de correction pour « couté »
  29. Proposition de correction pour « Vola ».
  30. Proposition de correction pour « ongle »
  31. Sens inconnu.
  32. La tuition est un synonyme de « garde », « défense », très souvent employé à cette époque pour appuyer le mot « défense ».
  33. Proposition de correction pour « Provost »
  34. Proposition de correction de « du–sixiesme »
  35. Proposition de correction pour « persent ».
  36. The triangle represented here is not correct. The one marked 65 seems to better reflect the proposed movement.
  37. Proposition de correction pour « le ongles ».
  38. Le triangle représenté ici n'est pas correct, celui cotté 65 paraît rendre mieux compte du déplacement proposé.
  39. Dupuis thinks 75 represents this correct and that 73 is incorrect.
  40. Proposition de correction pour « Lieutent ». La marque indiquant une contraction a probablement été omise.
  41. On pourrait compléter : « ...et le mettre en 4 ». L'illustration 73 est incorrecte puisque le pied gauche est resté sur la semelle 1 et n'est pas placé sur la semelle 3 (à gauche) comme demandé ; la position des pieds de l'illustration 75 correspond à ce qui aurait dû être représenté.
  42. The Provost shown at the portraiture does not correspond to the text since he is on the right foot
  43. Proposition de correction pour « dh’aut »
  44. Sic.
  45. Le prévôt représenté ici ne correspond pas au texte puisqu'il se tient sur le pied droit.
  46. The Provost of 80 isn't on the left foot as written but is coherent with 78.
  47. Le prévôt de la figure 80 n’est pas sur le pied gauche comme écrit et mais reste cohérent avec la figure 78.
  48. It is meant to read as Provost here.
  49. Il faut évidemment lire ici « Prevost ».
  50. Proposition de correction pour « suprint »
  51. Sic.
  52. Suppression du doublement de l'esperluette dans « sa cuisse gauche, & & tous ».
  53. Sic. Au XVIe siècle, le genre des mots était encore indécis.
  54. The author is announcing here another edition to augment his book which has never has been written.
  55. L’auteur annonce ici une prochaine édition augmentée de son oeuvre qui n’a a priori jamais eu lieu.
  56. Proposition de correction pour « ou ».
  57. Proposition de correction pour « mostré »
  58. Du latin médiéval « inquinatum » signifiant « pour combien »
  59. lit. bark or shell, outer layer. Idiom similar to "Don't judge a book by its cover.
  60. A vidimus is a certified copy of an earlier act
  61. of King Charles IX
  62. It must be either Pierre or Jean Brûlart who both served on Parliament
  63. If the seal is appended to the document with a strip of parchment, it is called a "queue". If there is a double strip, it is then called a "double queue".
  64. Dilection : attachement, amour pur.
  65. Un vidimus est la copie certifiée d'un acte antérieur.
  66. Il doit s'agit de Pierre ou Jean Brûlart (tout deux avait une charge au Parlement) qui signe pour le roi.